UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016
Commission File Number 814-00710
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Maryland | 46-3516073 | |
(State
or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
(I.R.S.
Employer
Identification No.) |
|
800 Turnpike Street Suite 300 North Andover, Massachusetts |
01845 | |
(Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (978) 794-3366
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
NONE
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☐ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one.)
Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ |
Non-accelerated filer | ☒ | Smaller reporting company | ☐ |
(do not check if a smaller reporting company) | Emerging growth company | ☐ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $1,050,364 based on the closing price of $0.21 on the over-the-counter pink sheet market (OTC Pink Sheets) on June 30, 2017, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.
As of April 5, 2018, there were 120,486,061 shares of common stock, $.001 par value, issued and outstanding.
- i -
Item 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Except as otherwise indicated, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” refer to Princeton Capital Corporation; and “Princeton Advisory Group” refers to our investment adviser Princeton Advisory Group, Inc.
Overview and Background
Princeton Capital Corporation’s predecessor, was initially incorporated in Florida in 1959 as Electro-Mechanical Services, Inc. In 1998, it changed its name from Electro-Mechanical Services, Inc. to Regal One Corporation (“Regal One”). In 2005, the then board of directors of Regal One determined it would be in the best interest of shareholders to change the focus of Regal One’s operations to providing financial services through a network of advisors and professionals.
On July 14, 2014, Regal One, the Company (then a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regal One), Capital Point Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“CPP”), and Capital Point Partners II, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“CPPII” and, together with CPP, the “Partnerships”), entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which we would acquire certain equity and debt investments of the Partnerships in exchange for shares of common stock. In addition to the customary conditions to closing the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, Regal One was required to (i) effect a reverse stock split of its then outstanding common stock at a ratio of 1-for-2, (ii) reincorporate from Florida to Maryland by merging with and into the Company with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation (the “Reincorporation”) and (iii) become an externally managed business development company (“BDC”) by entering into an external investment advisory agreement with Princeton Investment Advisors, LLC (“Princeton Investment Advisors”), a Delaware limited liability company.
On March 13, 2015, following the reverse stock split and the Reincorporation, we completed our previously announced acquisition in the approximate amounts of $11.2 million in cash, $43.5 million in equity & debt investments, and $1.9 million in restricted cash escrow deposits of the Partnerships with an aggregate value of approximately $56.6 million and issued approximately 115.5 million shares of our common stock to the Partnerships. The shares issued were based on a pre-valuation presumed fair value of $60.9 million. We also entered into an investment advisory agreement with Princeton Investment Advisors, which was subsequently terminated by the Company’s Board of Directors on January 18, 2016, effective as of June 9, 2016.
On January 18, 2016, the Board of Directors of the Company conditionally approved the investment advisory agreement with Princeton Advisory Group, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (“Princeton Advisory Group” or the “Investment Advisor”) (the “New Investment Advisory Agreement”), subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders at the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. At the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on June 9, 2016, the Company’s stockholders approved the New Investment Advisory Agreement, effective June 9, 2016. Since June 9, 2016, Princeton Advisory Group has acted as the Company’s investment advisor pursuant to the terms of the New Investment Advisory Agreement. The Board of Directors of the Company previously approved the termination of the investment advisory agreement between the Company and Princeton Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement”), such termination becoming effective on June 9, 2016, the date the New Investment Advisory Agreement was approved and adopted by the stockholders of the Company. As further described under “Subsequent Events” under Note 11 in the Notes to financial statements, Princeton Advisory Group was terminated as of December 31, 2017.
The following discussion describes the Company as of December 31, 2016. See “Recent Developments” under Item 7 of Part II and “Subsequent Events” under Note 11 in the Notes to financial statements, for a discussion of a later change in the Company’s investment advisor and its chief executive officer.
- 1 -
General
We are an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). We originate and invest primarily in private small and lower middle-market companies (typically those with less than $20.0 million of EBITDA) through first lien loans, second lien loans, unsecured loans, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, often times with a corresponding equity investment. Our investment objective is to maximize the total return to our stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and related equity investments in private small and lower middle-market companies. Until June 9, 2016, we were managed by Princeton Investment Advisors. Since June 9, 2016, as of December 31, 2016 and until December 31, 2017, we were managed by Princeton Advisory Group, who also provided the administrative services necessary for us to operate. Since January 1, 2018, we have been managed by House Hanover, LLC, who also provides some of the administrative services necessary for us to operate.
As a BDC, we must not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” Under the relevant Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules, the term “eligible portfolio company” includes all private companies, companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, and certain public companies that have listed their securities on a national securities exchange and have a market capitalization of less than $250 million, in each case organized in the United States.
Our investment objective is to maximize the total return to our stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation by:
● | accessing the extensive origination channels that have been developed and established by the Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team that include long-standing relationships with private equity firms, commercial banks, investment banks and other financial services firms; |
● | investing in what we believe to be companies with strong business fundamentals, generally within our core small and lower middle-market company focus; |
● | focusing on a variety of industry sectors, including business services, energy, general industrial, government services, healthcare, software and specialty finance; |
● | directly originating transactions rather than participating in broadly syndicated financings; |
● | applying the disciplined underwriting standards that the Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team has developed over their extensive investing careers; and |
● | capitalizing upon the experience and resources of the Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team to monitor our investments. |
As a BDC, we are required to comply with regulatory requirements, including limitations on our use of debt. We are permitted to, and expect to continue to, finance our investments through borrowings. However, as a BDC, we are only generally allowed to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such borrowing. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our assessment of market conditions and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing, such as the maturity, covenant package and rate structure of the proposed borrowings, our ability to raise funds through the issuance of our securities and the risks of such borrowings within the context of our investment outlook. Ultimately, we only intend to use leverage if the expected returns from borrowing to make investments will exceed the cost of such borrowings.
The Company will be taxed as a C corporation and subject to federal and state corporation income taxes for its 2016 and 2015 taxable years.
Our principal executive office as of December 31, 2016 was located at 700 Alexander Park, Suite 103, Princeton, NJ 08540, and our telephone number as of such date was (609) 514-9200. Our principal executive office is currently located at 800 Turnpike Street, Suite 300, North Andover Massachusetts 01845, and our telephone number is (978) 794-3366. We maintain a website on the Internet at www.princetoncapitalcorp.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this annual report on Form 10-K.
- 2 -
Princeton Investment Advisors
From March 13, 2015 to June 9, 2016, Princeton Investment Advisors managed our investment activities and was responsible for analyzing investment opportunities, conducting research and performing due diligence on potential investments, negotiating and structuring our investments, originating prospective investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. Princeton Investment Advisors is an investment advisory firm formed on June 5, 2014, led by certain senior investment professionals of the advisor for the Partnerships. The senior investment professionals of Princeton Investment Advisors have an average of over twenty years of investing, corporate finance, restructuring, consulting and accounting experience and have worked together at several companies during their investing career. The Princeton Investment Advisors’ investment team has a wide range of experience in middle-market investing, including originating, structuring and managing loans and debt securities through market cycles.
Princeton Investment Advisors is headquartered in Houston, Texas, and during the time period that Princeton Investment Advisors served as our investment advisor, maintained offices in Kingston, New Jersey.
Princeton Advisory Group
From June 9, 2016 to December 31, 2017, Princeton Advisory Group managed our investment activities and was responsible for analyzing investment opportunities, conducting research and performing due diligence on potential investments, negotiating and structuring our investments, originating prospective investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. Princeton Advisory Group was founded in 2002 and specializes in providing fixed income portfolio management services. The senior investment professionals of Princeton Advisory Group have an average of over twenty years of experience in the investment industry including experience in small to middle-market investing, including originating, structuring and managing loans and debt securities through market cycles.
Princeton Advisory Group is headquartered in Princeton, New Jersey.
House Hanover
Since January 1, 2018, House Hanover manages our investment activities and is responsible for analyzing investment opportunities, conducting research and performing due diligence on potential investments, negotiating and structuring our investments, originating prospective investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis.
House Hanover is headquartered in North Andover, Massachusetts.
Market Opportunity
We originate and invest primarily in private small and lower middle-market companies through first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, often times with a corresponding equity investment. We believe the environment for investing in small and lower middle-market companies is attractive for several reasons, including:
Increased M&A and Leveraged Buy-out Activity. We believe that large amounts of private equity capital raised over the past 5-7 years remain available for investment. We expect the large amount of uninvested capital commitments will drive buyout activity over the next several years, which should, in turn, create lending opportunities for us. In addition to increased buyout activity, a high volume of senior secured and high yield debt was originated prior to the credit crisis from 2007 through 2009 and will come due in the near term and, accordingly, we believe that new financing opportunities will increase as many companies seek to refinance this indebtedness.
- 3 -
Reduced Availability of Capital for Middle-Market Companies. We believe there are fewer providers of, and less capital available for financing to the small and lower middle-market companies we seek to make investments in, as a result of consolidation in the banking and asset management industry. We believe that many financing providers are constrained by their larger economies of scale and have chosen to focus on large, liquid corporate loans and managing capital markets transactions rather than lending to middle-market businesses. In addition, we believe recent regulatory changes, including the adoption of the Dodd-Frank Act and the introduction of new international capital and liquidity requirements under Basel III Accords, have disrupted their securitization activities, and forced a reduction of their loan portfolio and due to their refocusing on larger clients have caused them to curtail their lending to middle-market-companies. We also believe hedge funds and collateralized loan obligation managers are less likely to pursue investment opportunities in our target market because of reduced availability of funding for new investments. As a result, we believe that less competition will facilitate higher quality deal flow and allow for greater selectivity throughout the investment process.
Attractive Deal Pricing and Structures. We believe that the pricing of middle-market debt investments in fundless equity sponsored transactions, which are more prevalent in our target market, is higher, and the terms of such investments are more conservative, compared to larger liquid, public debt financings, due to the more limited universe of lenders as well as the highly negotiated nature of these financings. These transactions tend to offer stronger covenant packages, higher interest rates, lower leverage levels and better call protection compared to larger financings. In addition, middle-market loans typically offer other investor protections such as default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and information rights for lenders.
Specialized Lending Requirements. Lending to small and lower middle-market companies requires in depth diligence, credit expertise, restructuring experience and active portfolio management. We believe that several factors render many U.S. financial institutions ill-suited to lend to small and lower middle-market companies. For example, based on the experience of Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team, lending to small and lower middle-market companies in the United States (a) is generally more labor intensive than lending to larger companies due to the smaller size of each investment and the fragmented nature of the information available with respect to such companies, (b) requires specialized due diligence and underwriting capabilities, and (c) may also require more extensive ongoing monitoring by the lender. We believe that, through Princeton Advisory Group, we have the experience and expertise to meet these specialized lending requirements.
Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following competitive strengths will allow us to achieve positive returns for our investors:
Experienced Investment Team. Through our investment advisor, Princeton Advisory Group, we have access to the experience and expertise of the Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team, including its senior investment professionals who have an average of over twenty years of experience and have worked together at several companies. The Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team has a wide range of experience in middle-market investing, including originating, structuring and managing loans and debt securities through market cycles. We believe the members of Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team are proven and experienced, with extensive capabilities in leveraged credit investing, having participated in these markets for the predominant portion of their careers. We believe that the experience and demonstrated ability of the Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team to complete transactions will enhance the quantity and quality of investment opportunities available to us.
Established, Rigorous Investment and Monitoring Process. The Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team has developed an extensive review and credit analysis process. Each investment opportunity that is reviewed by Princeton Advisory Group is brought through a structured, multi-stage approval process. Princeton Advisory Group will take an active approach in monitoring all investments, including reviews of financial performance on at least a quarterly basis and regular discussions with management. Princeton Advisory Group’s investment and monitoring process and the depth and experience of its investment team should allow it to conduct the type of due diligence and monitoring that enables it to identify and evaluate risks and opportunities.
- 4 -
Ability to Structure Investments. Princeton Advisory Group has the expertise and ability to structure investments across all levels of a company’s capital structure. The Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team has experience investing across the entire capital structure in numerous small and lower middle-market companies. These investments included secured and unsecured debt and related equity securities. Furthermore, we believe that current market conditions will allow us to structure attractively priced debt investments and may allow us to incorporate other return-enhancing mechanisms such as commitment fees, original issue discounts, early redemption premiums, payment-in-kind, or “PIK”, interest or some form of equity securities.
Resources of Princeton Advisory Group Platform. We have access to the resources and capabilities of Princeton Advisory Group, which has seven investment professionals. These individuals have developed long-term relationships with small and lower middle-market companies, management teams, equity sponsors, lending institutions and deal intermediaries by providing flexible financing throughout the capital structure. The Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team has completed several financing transactions with funded and fundless equity sponsors. In some cases, we have completed multiple financing transactions with those equity sponsors. We believe that these relationships will provide us with a competitive advantage in identifying investment opportunities in our target market. We also expect to benefit from Princeton Advisory Group’s due diligence, credit analysis, origination and transaction execution experience and capabilities, including the support provided with respect to those functions by our network of third-party service professionals.
Investment Strategy
The Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team will employ an opportunistic and flexible investing approach, combined with strong risk management processes, which we believe will yield a highly diversified portfolio across companies, industries, and investment types. We will seek direct origination opportunities of first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, often times with modest corresponding equity investments, in small and lower middle-market companies. We believe that businesses in this size range often have limited access to public financial markets, and will benefit from Princeton Advisory Group’s reliable lending partnership. Many financing providers have chosen to focus on large corporate clients and managing capital markets transactions rather than lending to middle-market businesses. Further, many financial institutions and traditional lenders are faced with constrained balance sheets and are requiring existing borrowers to reduce leverage. We also believe hedge funds and collateralized debt obligation/collateralized loan obligation managers are less likely to pursue investment opportunities in our target market as a result of reduced liquidity for new investments.
With an average of over twenty years of investing, corporate finance, restructuring, consulting and accounting experience, the senior investment team of Princeton Advisory Group has demonstrated investment expertise throughout the balance sheet and in a variety of situations, including financial sponsor buyouts, growth capital, debt refinancings, balance sheet recapitalizations, rescue financings, distressed opportunities, and acquisition financings. Our investment philosophy emphasizes capital preservation through superior credit selection and risk mitigation. We expect our targeted portfolio to provide downside protection through conservative cash flow and asset coverage requirements, priority in the capital structure and information requirements. We also anticipate benefiting from equity participation through warrants and other equity instruments structured as part of our investments. This flexible approach enables Princeton Advisory Group to respond to market conditions and offer customized lending solutions.
Princeton Advisory Group invests across a wide range of industries with deep expertise in select verticals including, but not limited to, business services, energy, general industrial, government services, healthcare software and specialty finance. We will seek to maintain a diversified portfolio of investments as a method to manage risk and capitalize on specific sector trends. Our objective is to act as the lead or largest investor in transactions, generally investing between $1.0 million and $5.0 million per transaction. We expect the average investment holding period to be between three and five years, depending upon portfolio company objectives and conditions in the capital markets.
We expect to focus on small and lower middle-market companies with less than $20.0 million of EBITDA in a variety of industry sectors with positive long-term dynamics and dependable cash flows. We will seek businesses with management teams with demonstrated track records and economic incentives in strong franchises and sustainable competitive advantages with dependable and predictable cash flows.
- 5 -
We intend to employ leverage prudently and within the limitations of the applicable laws and regulations for a BDC. Any decision on our part to use leverage will depend upon our assessment of the attractiveness of available investment opportunities in relation to the costs and perceived risks of such leverage.
Transaction Sourcing
As access to investment opportunities is highly relationship driven, the senior investment team and other investment professionals of Princeton Advisory Group spend considerable time developing and maintaining contacts with key deal sources, including private equity firms, investment banks, and senior lenders. The senior investment team and other investment professionals of Princeton Advisory Group have been actively investing in the middle-market sector for the past decade and have focused on extensive calling and marketing efforts via speaking engagements, sponsorships, industry events, and referrals to broaden their relationship network. Existing relationships are constantly cultivated through transactional work and other personal contacts.
In addition to financial sponsors, Princeton Advisory Group has developed a network of other deal sources, including:
● | management teams and entrepreneurs; |
● | portfolio companies of private equity firms; |
● | other investment firms that have strategies similar to Princeton Advisory Group and are seeking co-investors; |
● | placement agents and investment banks representing financial sponsors and issuers; |
● | corporate operating advisors and other financial advisors; and |
● | consultants, attorneys and other service providers to small and lower middle-market companies and financial sponsors. |
We believe that Princeton Advisory Group’s broad network of deal origination contacts will afford us with a continuous source of investment opportunities.
These origination relationships provide access not only to potential investment opportunities but also to market intelligence on trends across the credit markets. Princeton Advisory Group has completed several financing transactions with funded and fundless equity sponsors. In some cases, affiliates of Princeton Advisory Group have completed multiple financing transactions with those equity sponsors.
We believe that over the past decade, the senior investment team and other investment professionals of Princeton Advisory Group have built a reputation as a thoughtful and disciplined provider of capital to small and lower middle-market companies and a preferred financing source for private equity sponsors and management teams. We believe these factors give Princeton Advisory Group a competitive advantage in sourcing investment opportunities, which will be put to use for our benefit.
Investment Structuring
Princeton Advisory Group believes that each investment has unique characteristics that must be considered, understood and analyzed. Princeton Advisory Group structures investment terms based on the business, credit profile, the outlook for the industry in which a potential portfolio company operates, the competitive landscape, the products or services which the company sells and the management team and ownership of the company, among other factors. Princeton Advisory Group will rely upon the analysis conducted and information gathered through the investment process to evaluate the appropriate structure for our investments.
We invest primarily in the debt securities of small and lower middle-market companies. Our investments will typically carry a high level of cash pay interest and may incorporate other return-enhancing mechanisms such as commitment fees, original issue discounts, early redemption premiums, PIK interest and some form of equity participation, including preferred stock, common stock, warrants and other forms of equity participation. We expect that a typical debt investment in which we invest will have a maturity of between three and five years. We expect to hold most of our investments to maturity or repayment, but we may sell some of our investments earlier if a liquidity event occurs, such as a sale, recapitalization or worsening of the credit quality of the portfolio company.
- 6 -
Princeton Advisory Group negotiates covenants in connection with debt investments that provide protection for us but allow appropriate flexibility for the portfolio company. Such covenants may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection and change of control provisions. Princeton Advisory Group will require comprehensive information rights including access to management, financial statements and budgets and, in some cases, membership on the board of directors or board of directors observation rights. Additionally, Princeton Advisory Group will generally require financial covenants and terms that restrict an issuers use of leverage and limitations on asset sales and capital expenditures.
Secured Debt
Secured debt, including first lien, second lien and unitranche financing, will have liens on the assets of the borrower that will serve as collateral in support of the repayment of such loans.
First Lien Debt . First lien debt will be structured with first-priority liens on the assets of the borrower that will serve as collateral in support of the repayment of such loans. First lien loans may provide for moderate loan amortization in the early years of the loan, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity. Under market conditions as of the date of this filing, we expect that the interest rate on senior secured loans will range between 5% and 8% over applicable LIBOR.
Second Lien Debt . Second lien debt will be structured as junior, secured loans, with second priority liens on an issuer’s assets. These loans typically provide for moderate loan amortization in the initial years of the loan, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity. Under market conditions as of the date of this filing, we expect that the interest rate on second lien loans will generally range between 8% and 12% over applicable LIBOR.
Unitranche Debt . Unitranche debt typically will be structured as first lien loans with certain risk characteristics of mezzanine debt. Unitranche debt typically provides for moderate loan amortization in the initial years of the debt, with the majority of the principal payment deferred until loan maturity. Since unitranche debt generally allows the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity. In some cases, we will be the sole lender, or we together with our affiliates will be the sole lender, of unitranche debt, which can provide us with more influence interacting with a borrower in terms of monitoring and, if necessary, remediation in the event of underperformance. Under market conditions as of the date of this filing, we expect that the interest rate on unitranche debt will range between 8% and 12% over applicable LIBOR.
Mezzanine Debt
Mezzanine debt, including senior unsecured and subordinated loans, will not be secured by any collateral and will be effectively subordinated to the borrower’s secured indebtedness (to the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness), including pursuant to one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with holders of a borrower’s senior debt. Under market conditions as of the date of this filing, we expect the interest rate on mezzanine debt will generally range between 12% and 16%.
Senior Unsecured Loans . Senior unsecured loans will be structured as loans that rank senior in right of payment to any of the borrower’s unsecured indebtedness that is contractually subordinated to such loans. These loans generally provide for fixed interest rates and amortize evenly over the term of the loan. Senior unsecured loans are generally less volatile than subordinated loans due to their priority to creditors over subordinated loans. Under market conditions as of the date of this filing, we expect the interest rate on senior unsecured loans will generally range between 10% and 14%.
- 7 -
Subordinated Loans . Subordinated loans will be structured as unsecured, subordinated loans that provide for relatively high, fixed interest rates that provide us with significant current interest income. These loans typically will have interest-only payments (often representing a combination of cash pay and PIK interest) in the early years, with amortization of principal deferred to maturity. Subordinated loans generally allow the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, and there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity. Subordinated loans are generally more volatile than secured loans and may involve a greater risk of loss of principal. Subordinated loans often include a PIK feature, which effectively operates as negative amortization of loan principal, thereby increasing credit risk exposure over the life of the loan. Under market conditions as of the date of this filing, we expect the interest rate on subordinated loans will generally range between 11% and 17%.
Equity Securities
In connection with some of our debt investments, we will also invest in preferred or common stock or receive nominally priced warrants or options to buy an equity interest in the portfolio company. As a result, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. We may structure such equity investments and warrants to include provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, as well as a “put,” or right to sell such securities back to the issuer, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we may also seek to obtain registration rights in connection with these equity interests, which may include demand and “piggyback” registration rights.
Invested Industries
We invest in portfolio companies in a variety of different industries where some aspect of tangible or intangible assets are available for collateral protection. Our portfolio contains investments in the Casual Dining, Business Services, Manufacturing, Energy Services, Nickel Pipe, Fittings and Flanges to the Specialty Chemical Industry and Real Estate industries as well as others. However, these industries are not our only focus and we seek investments across a broad range of industries to diversify the portfolio and minimize risk within any specific industry. As of December 31, 2016, our three largest industry concentrations as a percentage of net assets has been 20.59% in Casual Dining, 16.78% in Nickel Pipe, Fittings and Flanges to the Specialty Chemical Industry and 14.85% in Storage Company Property Management.
Investment Process
Through the resources of Princeton Advisory Group, we have access to significant research resources, experienced investment professionals, internal information systems and a credit analysis framework and investment process. Princeton Advisory Group has designed a highly involved and interactive investment management process, which is the core of its culture and the basis for what we believe is a strong track record of investment returns. The investment process seeks to select only those investments which it believes have the most attractive risk/reward characteristics. The process involves several levels of review and is coordinated in an effort to identify risks in potential investments. Princeton Advisory Group will apply its expertise to screen many of our investment opportunities as described below. This rigorous process combined with our broad origination capabilities have allowed the Princeton Advisory Group team to be prudent in selecting opportunities in which to make an investment.
All potential investment opportunities undergo an initial informal review by Princeton Advisory Group’s investment professionals. Each potential investment opportunity that an investment professional determines merits investment consideration will be presented and evaluated at a weekly meeting in which Princeton Advisory Group’s investment professionals discuss the merits and risks of a potential investment opportunity as well as the due diligence process and the pricing and structure. If Princeton Advisory Group’s investment professionals believe an investment opportunity merits further review, the deal team will prepare and present to the investment committee for initial review a prescreen memorandum that generally describes the potential transaction and includes a description of the risks, due diligence process and proposed structure and pricing for the proposed investment opportunity.
Prior to making an investment, Princeton Advisory Group conducts a rigorous diligence on each investment opportunity. In connection with its due diligence on a potential investment opportunity, Princeton Advisory Group utilizes its internal diligence resources which include its internally developed credit analytical framework, subscriptions to third party research resources, discussions with industry experts, internal information sharing systems, and the analytical expertise of its investment professionals. Princeton Advisory Group will typically review the company’s historical financials; industry drivers and outlook, competitive threats, customer concentration, asset coverage, projected financials, and credit metrics; management background checks; and, if applicable, the track record and funding capabilities of the private equity sponsor.
- 8 -
Upon review of the prescreen memorandum, if the investment committee determines to proceed with the review of an investment opportunity, the deal team will continue its diligence and deal structuring plans, and prepare a credit approval memorandum for review by the investment committee. The credit approval memorandum, updates the prescreen memorandum with more deal specific detail, including an update to the diligence process and any changes in the structure and pricing of the proposed investment. Upon unanimous approval by the investment committee of the proposed investment as presented in the credit approval memorandum, the Chief Investment Officer will review any amendments before finalizing and closing negotiations with the prospective portfolio company.
Investment Committee
Each new investment opportunity is unanimously approved by Princeton Advisory Group’s investment committee. Follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies will require the investment committee’s approval beyond that obtained when the initial investment in the company was made. In addition, temporary investments, such as those in cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, may require approval by the investment committee. The purpose of Princeton Advisory Group’s investment committee, which is provided under the New Investment Advisory Agreement, is to evaluate and approve all of our investments, subject at all times to the oversight and approval of our board of directors. The investment committee process is intended to bring the diverse experience and perspectives of the committee’s members to the analysis and consideration of each investment. As of December 31, 2016, the investment committee consisted of Munish Sood, Sripat Pandey, and Tom Wojczak. Refer to Note 2 in the Notes to financial statements for further information. The investment committee serves to provide investment consistency and adherence to our core investment philosophy and policies. The investment committee also determines appropriate investment sizing and suggests ongoing monitoring requirements.
In addition to reviewing investments, investment committee meetings serve as a forum to discuss credit views and outlooks. Potential transactions and deal flow are reviewed on a regular basis. Members of the investment team are encouraged to share information and views on credits with the investment committee early in their analysis. We believe this process improves the quality of the analysis and assists the deal team members to work more efficiently.
We expect that each transaction will be presented to the investment committee in a formal written report. All of our new investments will require unanimous approval by the investment committee. Each member of the investment committee performs a similar role for other accounts managed by Princeton Advisory Group. In certain instances, our board of directors may also determine that its approval is required prior to the making of an investment.
Monitoring Investments
In most cases, we do not have board of directors’ influence over portfolio companies. In some instances, Princeton Advisory Group’s investment professionals may obtain board of directors’ representation or observation rights in conjunction with our investments. Princeton Advisory Group will take an active approach in monitoring all investments, including reviews of financial performance on at least a quarterly basis and regular discussions with management. The monitoring process will begin with structuring terms and conditions which require the timely delivery and access to critical financial and business information on portfolio companies.
Specifically, Princeton Advisory Group’s monitoring system will consist of the following activities:
Regular Investment Committee Updates . Key portfolio company developments will be discussed each week as part of the standard investment committee agenda.
Written Reports . The deal teams will provide written updates as appropriate for key events that impact portfolio company performance or valuation. In addition, deal teams will provide written updates following each portfolio company board of directors meeting.
- 9 -
Quarterly Full Portfolio Review . Princeton Advisory Group’s chief investment officer and chief compliance officer will perform a quarterly comprehensive review of every portfolio company with the deal teams. This process will include a written performance and valuation update, and credit-specific discussion on each of our portfolio companies. In addition, pursuant to our valuation policy, quarterly valuations are prepared by our independent third-party valuation firm and reviewed by Princeton Advisory Group.
As part of the monitoring process, Princeton Advisory Group will also track developments in the broader marketplace. Princeton Advisory Group’s investment professionals have a wealth of information on the competitive landscape, industry trends, relative valuation metrics, and analyses that will assist in the execution of our investment strategy. In addition, Princeton Advisory Group’s extensive communications with brokers and dealers allow its investment professionals to monitor market and industry trends that could affect portfolio investments. Princeton Advisory Group may provide ongoing strategic, financial and operational guidance to some portfolio companies either directly or by recommending its investment professionals or other experienced representatives to participate on the board of directors. Princeton Advisory Group maintains a vast network of strategic and operational advisors to call upon for industry expertise or to supplement existing management teams.
Asset Quality
In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, Princeton Advisory Group uses an investment rating system to characterize and monitor the quality of our debt investment portfolio. Equity securities and Treasury Bills are not graded. This debt investment rating system uses a five-level numeric scale. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:
Investment Rating | Summary Description | |
1 | Investments that are performing above expectations, and whose risks remain favorable compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment. | |
2 | Investments that are performing within expectations and whose risks remain neutral compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment. All new loans will initially be rated 2. | |
3 | Investments that are performing below expectations and that require closer monitoring, but where no loss of return or principal is expected. Portfolio companies with a rating of 3 may be out of compliance with financial covenants. | |
4 | Investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are often in work out. Investments with a rating of 4 will be those for which some loss of return but no loss of principal is expected. | |
5 | Investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are almost always in work out. Investments with a rating of 5 are those for which some loss of return and principal is expected. |
Determination of Net Asset Value
We will determine the net asset value of our investment portfolio each quarter. Securities that are publicly-traded will be valued at the reported closing price on the valuation date. Securities that are not publicly-traded will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors.
The Accounting Standards Codification under Topic 820, or ASC Topic 820 clarifies the definition of fair value for accounting purposes and requires companies to expand their disclosure about the use of fair value to measure assets and liabilities in interim and annual periods subsequent to initial recognition. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, which includes inputs such as quoted prices for similar securities in active markets and quoted prices for identical securities where there is little or no activity in the market; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.
- 10 -
The Company establishes valuation processes and procedures to ensure that the valuation techniques for investments that are categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are fair, consistent, and verifiable. The Company’s board of directors designates a Valuation Committee (the “Committee”) to oversee the entire valuation process of the Company’s Level 3 investments. The Committee is comprised of independent directors and reports to the Company’s board of directors. The Committee is responsible for developing the Company’s written valuation processes and procedures, conducting periodic reviews of the valuation policies, and evaluating the overall fairness and consistent application of the valuation policies.
The Committee meets on a quarterly basis, or more frequently as needed, to determine the valuations of the Company’s Level 3 investments. Valuations determined by the Committee are required to be supported by market data, third-party pricing sources, industry accepted pricing models, counterparty prices, or other methods that the Committee deems to be appropriate.
The Company will periodically test its valuations of Level 3 investments through performing back testing of the sales of such investments by comparing the amounts realized against the most recent fair values reported, and if necessary, uses the findings to recalibrate its valuation procedures. On a quarterly basis, the Company engages the services of a nationally recognized third-party valuation firm to perform an independent valuation of the Company’s Level 3 investments.
Determination of fair values involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our financial statements refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations on our financial statements. Below is a description of factors that our board of directors may consider when valuing our equity and debt investments.
Valuation of fixed income investments, such as loans and debt securities, depends upon a number of factors, including prevailing interest rates for like securities, expected volatility in future interest rates, call features, put features and other relevant terms of the debt. For investments without readily available market prices, we will incorporate these factors into discounted cash flow models to arrive at fair value. Other factors that our board will consider include the borrower’s ability to adequately service its debt, the fair market value of the portfolio company in relation to the face amount of its outstanding debt and the quality of collateral securing our debt investments.
Our equity interests in portfolio companies for which there is no liquid public market are valued at fair value. The board of directors, in its analysis of fair value, may consider various factors, such as multiples of EBITDA, cash flows, net income, revenues or in limited instances book value or liquidation value. All of these factors may be subject to adjustments based upon the particular circumstances of a portfolio company or our actual investment position. For example, adjustments to EBITDA may take into account compensation to previous owners or acquisition, recapitalization, restructuring or other related items.
We may also look to private merger and acquisition statistics, public trading multiples discounted for illiquidity and other factors, valuations implied by third-party investments in the portfolio companies or industry practices in determining fair value. We may also consider the size and scope of a portfolio company and its specific strengths and weaknesses, as well as any other factors we deem relevant in assessing the value. Generally, the value of our equity interests in public companies for which market quotations are readily available is based upon the most recent closing public market price. Portfolio securities that carry certain restrictions on sale are typically valued at a discount from the public market value of the security.
- 11 -
Realization of Investments
The potential exit scenarios of a portfolio company will play an important role in evaluating investment decisions. As such, Princeton Advisory Group will formulate specific exit strategies at the time of investment. Our debt-orientation will provide for increased potential exit opportunities, including (a) the sale of investments in the private markets, (b) the refinancing of investments held, often due to maturity or recapitalizations, and (c) other liquidity events including the sale or merger of the portfolio company. Since we seek to maintain a debt orientation in our investments, we expect to receive interest income over the course of the investment period, receiving a significant return on invested capital well in advance of final exit.
Managerial Assistance
As a BDC, we offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board of directors and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. Princeton Advisory Group will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. We may receive fees for these services and will reimburse Princeton Advisory Group for its allocated costs in providing such assistance, subject to the review by our board of directors, including our independent directors.
Competition
Our primary competitors in providing financing to small and lower middle-market companies include public and private funds, other BDC’s, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or to the distribution and other requirements we must satisfy to qualify as a regulated investment company or “RIC”. We did not meet the qualifications of a RIC for the 2016 tax year.
We expect to use the expertise of the investment professionals of Princeton Advisory Group to which we will have access to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, we expect that the relationships of the investment professionals of Princeton Advisory Group will enable us to learn about, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive small and lower middle-market companies in the industries in which we seek to invest. For additional information concerning the competitive risks we face, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.”
Employees
We do not have any direct employees, and our day-to-day investment operations are managed by Princeton Advisory Group. We have a chief executive officer and president, chief financial officer and chief compliance officer. To the extent necessary, our board of directors may hire additional personnel going forward. Our officers are employees of our investment advisor and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief executive officer and president, chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs is paid by us pursuant to the New Investment Advisory Agreement effective as of June 9, 2016. Prior to June 9, 2016 these amounts were paid by us pursuant to the administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) that we entered into with PCC Administrator LLC, our Administrator. Our Administrator is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Princeton Investment Advisors. This Administration Agreement effectively terminated on June 9, 2016 with the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement.
Management Agreements
Effective as of June 9, 2016, Princeton Advisory Group serves as our investment advisor and is registered as an investment advisor under the 1940 Act. Prior to June 9, 2016, Princeton Investment Advisors served as our investment advisor.
- 12 -
Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement with Princeton Investment Advisors
Our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors, approved the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement at its meeting held on March 13, 2015. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the 1940 Act, Princeton Investment Advisors managed our day-to-day operations and provided investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement, Princeton Investment Advisors was responsible for the following:
● | determining the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes; |
● | identifying, evaluating and negotiating the structure of the investments we make; |
● | executing, closing, servicing and monitoring the investments we make; |
● | determining the securities and other assets that we purchase, retain or sell; |
● | performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; and |
● | providing us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of our funds. |
Pursuant to the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement, we agreed to pay Princeton Investment Advisors a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components — a base management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the base management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by our stockholders.
Management Fee
The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% of our gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents, U.S. Treasury Bills, and deposits. For services rendered under the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement, the base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee is calculated based on the average value of our gross assets, as adjusted, at the end of the finalized prior quarter and the estimated current quarter. Base management fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro-rated.
Incentive Fee
We will pay Princeton Investment Advisors an incentive fee. The incentive fee consists of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not.
The first component, which is income-based, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, commencing with the quarter beginning April 1, 2015, based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means, in each case on a consolidated basis, interest income, distribution income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.
- 13 -
The operation of the first component of the incentive fee for each quarter is as follows:
● | no incentive fee is payable to our investment advisor in any calendar quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate of 2.00% (8.00% annualized); |
● | 100% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.50% in any calendar quarter (10.00% annualized) is payable to our investment advisor. We refer to this portion of our pre-incentive fee net investment income (which exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.50%) as the “catch-up.” The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, if such pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.50% in any calendar quarter, our investment advisor will receive 20% of such pre-incentive fee net investment income as if the hurdle rate did not apply; and |
● | 20% of the amount of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 2.50% in any calendar quarter (10.00% annualized) is payable to Princeton Investment Advisors (once the hurdle rate is reached and the catch-up is achieved). |
The portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or original issue discount) will be paid to Princeton Investment Advisors, together with interest from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such amounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possibly elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter.
There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter and, accordingly, there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate. Since the hurdle rate is fixed, as interest rates rise, it will be easier for Princeton Investment Advisors to surpass the hurdle rate and receive an incentive fee based on pre-incentive fee net investment income.
Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our consolidated gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee. These calculations will be appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.
The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the income-based component of the incentive fee:
Quarterly Incentive Fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)
Percentage of pre-incentive fee net investment income allocated to first component of incentive fee
The second component, the capital gains component of the incentive fee, will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement, which occurred on June 9, 2016), commencing on December 31, 2015, and will equal 20% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from January 1st through the end of that calendar year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. If such amount is negative, then no capital gains incentive fee will be payable for such year. Additionally, if the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end, (as is the case with the termination having become effective as of June 9, 2016), the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying the capital gains incentive fee. The capital gains component of the incentive fee is not subject to any minimum return to stockholders.
Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where we incur a loss. For example, if we receive pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses.
- 14 -
Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation
Example 1: Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee (*):
Alternative 1
Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 1.25%
Hurdle rate (1) = 2.00%
Base management fee (2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income - (base management fee + other expenses)) = 0.5625%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.
Alternative 2
Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 2.70%
Hurdle rate (1) = 2.00%
Base management fee (2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income - (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.0125%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.
Incentive fee = (100% x “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% x (pre-incentive fee net investment income - 2.50%))
= (100.0% x (pre-incentive fee net investment income – 2.00%)) + 0%
= 100.0% x (2.0125% - 2.00%)
= 100.0% x 0.0125%
= 0.0125%
Alternative 3
Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 3.00%
Hurdle rate (1) = 2.00%
Base management fee (2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income - (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.3125%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.
Incentive fee = (100% x “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% x (pre-incentive fee net investment income - 2.50%))
= (100% × (2.50% - 2.00%)) + (20.0% × (2.3125% - 2.50%))
= 0.50% + (20.0% × 0%)
= 0.50% + 0%
= 0.45%
(*) | The hypothetical amount of pre-incentive fee net investment income shown is based on a percentage of net assets. |
(1) | Represents 8.00% annualized hurdle rate. |
(2) | Represents 1.75% annualized base management fee. |
(3) | Excludes organizational and offering expenses. |
- 15 -
Example 2: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee:
Alternative 1:
Assumptions
Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), and $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) | |
Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million and fair market value, or FMV, of Investment B determined to be $32 million | |
Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million | |
Year 4: Investment B sold for $31 million |
The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:
Year 1: None | |
Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $6.0 million ($30 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%) | |
Year 3: None; $5.0 million (20.0% multiplied by ($30 million cumulative capital gains less $5.0 million cumulative capital depreciation)) less $6.0 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2) | |
Year 4: Capital gains incentive fee of $200,000; $6.2 million ($31 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20.0%) less $6.0 million (capital gains fee paid in Year 2) |
Alternative 2
Assumptions
Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”) | |
Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million | |
Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $27 million and Investment C sold for $30 million | |
Year 4: FMV of Investment B determined to be $35 million | |
Year 5: Investment B sold for $20 million |
The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:
Year 1: None | |
Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $5.0 million; 20.0% multiplied by $25 million ($30 million realized capital gains on Investment A less $5 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B) | |
Year 3: Capital gains incentive fee of $1.4 million; $6.4 million (20.0% multiplied by $32 million ($35 million cumulative realized capital gains less $3 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)) less $5.0 million (capital gains fee received in Year 2) | |
Year 4: None | |
Year 5: None; $5.0 million of capital gains incentive fee (20.0% multiplied by $25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $35 million less realized capital losses of $10 million)) less $6.4 million (cumulative capital gains fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3) |
- 16 -
Payment of Our Expenses
All investment professionals of Princeton Investment Advisors, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services to us, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of personnel allocable to these services to us, will be provided and paid for by Princeton Investment Advisors and not by us. We will bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to:
● | calculating our net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any third party independent valuation firm); |
● | fees and expenses payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for us and in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies or otherwise relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments; |
● | interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts; |
● | offerings of our common stock and other securities; |
● | base management and incentive fees; |
● | administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the Administration Agreement (including our allocable portion of Princeton Investment Advisors’ overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs); |
● | transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses; |
● | U.S. federal and state registration fees; |
● | all costs of registration and listing our stock on any securities exchange; |
● | U.S. federal, state and local taxes; |
● | independent directors’ fees and expenses; |
● | costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required by the SEC or other regulators; |
● | costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs; |
● | costs and fees associated with any fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; |
● | direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs; |
● | proxy voting expenses; and |
● | all other expenses incurred by us or Princeton Investment Advisors in connection with administering our business. |
- 17 -
Duration and Termination
The Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement was to continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date. It was to remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons.” The Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement was to automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by Princeton Investment Advisors and may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities could also terminate the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice. As described elsewhere in this 10-K, on January 18, 2016 the Board of Directors of the Company approved the termination of the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement, such termination becoming effective on June 9, 2016, the date the New Investment Advisory Agreement was approved and adopted by the Company’s stockholders. The Company did not pay any early termination penalties as a result of the termination of the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement.
Indemnification
The Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of their duties and obligations under the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement, Princeton Investment Advisors and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons and members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it, are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Princeton Investment Advisors’ services under the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment advisor.
New Investment Advisory Agreement with Princeton Advisory Group
Unlike the separate Administration Agreement that covered administrative services while Princeton Investment Advisors served as the investment advisor to the Company, under the New Investment Advisory Agreement, the administrative services of the Company are provided by Princeton Advisory Group and subject to reimbursement of administrative related expenses under the New Investment Advisory Agreement.
Advisory Services
Princeton Advisory Group is registered as an investment adviser under the 1940 Act, and from June 9, 2016 until December 31, 2017, served as the Company’s investment advisor pursuant to the New Investment Advisory Agreement in accordance with the 1940 Act. Princeton Advisory Group is owned by and an affiliate of Mr. Munish Sood, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.
Subject to supervision by the Company’s Board of Directors, Princeton Advisory Group oversees the Company’s day-to-day operations and provides the Company with investment advisory services. Under the terms of the New Investment Advisory Agreement, Princeton Advisory Group, among other things: (i) determines the composition and allocation of the portfolio of the Company, the nature and timing of the changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes; (ii) identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments made by the Company; (iii) executes, monitors and services the Company’s investments; (iv) determines the securities and other assets that the Company shall purchase, retain, or sell; (v) performs due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; (vi) provides the Company with such other investment advisory, research and related services as the Company may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of its funds; and (vii) if directed by the Board, will assist in the execution and closing of the sale of the Company’s assets or a sale of the equity of the Company in one or more transactions. Princeton Advisory Group’s services under the New Investment Advisory Agreement may not be exclusive and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to the Company are not impaired.
- 18 -
Management Fee
Pursuant to the New Investment Advisory Agreement, the Company pays Princeton Advisory Group a base management fee for investment advisory and management services. The cost of the base management fee will ultimately be borne by the Company’s stockholders. The New Investment Advisory Agreement does not include an incentive fee to Princeton Advisory Group.
The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.00% of the Company’s gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents net of all indebtedness of the Company for borrowed money and other liabilities of the Company. The base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears, and determined as set forth in the preceding sentence at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters prior to the quarter for which such fees are being calculated. The Board of Directors may retroactively adjust the valuation of the Company’s assets and the resulting calculation of the base management fee in the event the Company or any of its assets are sold or transferred to an independent third party or the Company or Princeton Advisory Group receives an audit report or other independent third-party valuation of the Company. To the extent that any such adjustment increases or decreases the base management fee of any prior period, the Company will be obligated to pay the amount of increase to Princeton Advisory Group or Princeton Advisory Group will be obligated to refund the decreased amount, as applicable.
Incentive Fee
The Company will not pay Princeton Advisory Group an incentive fee.
Payment of Expenses
Princeton Advisory Group will bear all compensation expense (including health insurance, pension benefits, payroll taxes and other compensation related matters) of its employees and bear the costs of any salaries or directors’ fees of any officers or directors of the Company who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of Princeton Advisory Group. However, Princeton Advisory Group, subject to approval by the Board of Directors of the Company, will be entitled to reimbursement for the portion of any compensation expense and the costs of any salaries of any such employees to the extent attributable to services performed by such employees for the Company. During the term of the New Investment Advisory Agreement, Princeton Advisory Group will also bear all of its costs and expenses for office space rental, office equipment, utilities and other non-compensation related overhead allocable to performance of its obligations under the New Investment Advisory Agreement.
Except as provided in the preceding paragraph the Company will reimburse Princeton Advisory Group all direct and indirect costs and expenses incurred by it during the term of the New Investment Advisory Agreement for: (i) due diligence of potential investments of the Company, (ii) monitoring performance of the Company’s investments, (iii) serving as officers of the Company, (iv) serving as directors and officers of portfolio companies of the Company, (v) providing managerial assistance to portfolio companies of the Company, and (vi) enforcing the Company’s rights in respect of its investments and disposing of its investments; provided, however, that, any third party expenses incurred by Princeton Advisory Group in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate in any calendar quarter will require advance approval by the Board of Directors of the Company.
In addition to the foregoing, the Company will also be responsible for the payment of all of the Company’s other expenses, including the payment of the following fees and expenses:
● | organizational and offering expenses; | |
● | expenses incurred in valuing the Company’s assets and computing its net asset value per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); | |
● | subject to the guidelines approved by the Board of Directors, expenses incurred by Princeton Advisory Group that are payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Company and in monitoring the Company’s investments and performing due diligence on the Company’s prospective portfolio companies or otherwise related to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments; |
- 19 -
● | interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance the Company’s investments and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts; | |
● | offerings of the Company’s common stock and other securities; | |
● | administration fees; | |
● | transfer agent and custody fees and expenses; | |
● | U.S. federal and state registration fees of the Company (but not Princeton Advisory Group); | |
● | all costs of registration and listing the Company’s shares on any securities exchange; | |
● | U.S. federal, state and local taxes; | |
● | independent directors’ fees and expenses; | |
● | costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required of the Company (but not Princeton Advisory Group) by the SEC or other regulators; | |
● | costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs; | |
● | the costs associated with individual or group stockholders; | |
● | the Company’s allocable portion of the fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; | |
● | direct costs and expenses of administration and operation of the Company, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs; | |
● | and all other non-investment advisory expenses incurred by the Company regarding administering the Company’s business. |
Duration and Termination
Unless terminated earlier as described below, the New Investment Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for a period of one (1) year from its effective date. It will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by the Company’s Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of the of Company’s directors who are neither parties to the New Investment Advisory Agreement nor “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. The New Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, (i) upon written notice, effective on the date set forth in such notice, by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or by the vote of the Company’s directors, or (ii) upon 60 days’ written notice, by Princeton Group. The New Investment Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its “assignment,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The New Investment Advisory Agreement was terminated on December 31, 2017.
Indemnification
The New Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of their duties, or by reason of the material breach or reckless disregard of their duties and obligations under the New Investment Advisory Agreement (and to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty (as the same is finally determined by judicial proceedings) with respect to the receipt of compensation for services), Princeton Advisory Group and its officers, managers, employees and members are entitled to indemnification from the Company for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Princeton Advisory Group’s services under the New Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as the Company’s investment advisor. The amounts payable for indemnification will be calculated net of payments recovered by the indemnified party under any insurance policy with respect to such losses.
- 20 -
At all times during the term of the New Investment Advisory Agreement and for one year thereafter, Princeton Advisory Group is obligated to maintain directors and officers/errors and omission liability insurance in an amount and with a provider reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors of the Company.
Administration Services
Princeton Advisory Group is entitled to reimbursement of expenses under the New Investment Advisory Agreement for administrative services performed for the Company.
On March 13, 2015, the Company entered into an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with PCC Administrator, LLC (the “Administrator”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Princeton Investment Advisors. This agreement effectively terminated on June 9, 2016 with the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement. The Administration Agreement provides that our Administrator furnishes us with office facilities and equipment and provide us with clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, our Administrator performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include being responsible for the financial and other records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports and other materials filed with the SEC. In addition, our Administrator assists us in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversee the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports and other materials to our stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Under the Administration Agreement, our Administrator will also provide managerial assistance on our behalf to those portfolio companies that have accepted our offer to provide such assistance.
Payments under the Administration Agreement will be equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion (subject to the review of our board of directors) of our Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. In addition, if requested to provide significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, our Administrator will be paid an additional amount based on the services provided, which shall not exceed the amount we receive from such portfolio companies for providing this assistance. The Administration Agreement will have an initial term of two years and may be renewed with the approval of our board of directors. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. To the extent that our Administrator outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without any incremental profit to the Administrator. Stockholder approval is not required to amend the Administration Agreement.
Sub-Administration Agreement
Princeton Advisory Group has engaged Conifer Asset Solutions LLC (the “Sub-Administrator”) to provide certain administrative services to us. As of December 15, 2016, Conifer Asset Solutions LLC’s parent company, Conifer Financial Services, LLC, was acquired by SS&C Technologies Holdings, Inc. In exchange for provided such services, the Administrator pays Conifer an asset-based fee with a $200,000 annual minimum as adjusted for any reimbursement of expenses. This asset-based fee will vary depending upon our gross assets, as adjusted, as follows:
Gross Assets | Fee | |
first $150 million of gross assets | 20 basis points (0.20%) | |
next $150 million of gross assets | 15 basis points (0.15%) | |
next $200 million of gross assets | 10 basis points (0.10%) | |
in excess of $500 million of gross assets | 5 basis points (0.05%) |
Indemnification
The Administration Agreement provides that, absent criminal conduct, willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, our Administrator, its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons and members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it, are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of our Administrator’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as our Administrator.
- 21 -
Securities Exchange Act Reports
We maintain a website at www.princetoncapitalcorp.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference in this annual report on Form 10-K.
We make available on or through our website certain reports and amendments to those reports that we file with or furnish to the SEC in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the “Exchange Act.” These include our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our current reports on Form 8-K. We make this information available on our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the information with, or furnish it to, the SEC.
Regulation as a BDC
We are a BDC under the 1940 Act and intend, as soon as we become eligible, to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”.) We do not believe it is likely that the Company will meet the qualifications of a RIC for the 2016 tax year and we expect to be taxed as a corporation under Subchapter C of the Code. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDC’s and their affiliates (including any investment advisors), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.
We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of these policies is fundamental and may be changed without stockholder approval upon 60 days’ prior written notice to stockholders.
Qualifying Assets
Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:
(1) | Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. Under the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, “eligible portfolio companies” include (1) private domestic operating companies, (2) public domestic operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange ( e.g. , the New York Stock Exchange) or registered under the Exchange Act, and (3) public domestic operating companies having a market capitalization of less than $250 million. Public domestic operating companies whose securities are quoted on the over-the-counter bulletin board or through Pink Sheets LLC are not listed on a national securities exchange and therefore are eligible portfolio companies. |
- 22 -
(2) | Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control. |
(3) | Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from a person who is or has been, within the past 13 months, an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident to such a private transaction, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements. |
(4) | Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company. |
(5) | Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities. |
(6) | Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. |
The regulations defining qualifying assets may change over time. We may adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions in this area.
Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies
In order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, a BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities significant managerial assistance. However, when the BDC purchases securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers, employees or agents, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company. Princeton Advisory Group will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.
Temporary Investments
Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets or temporary investments. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, so long as the agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the Diversification Tests in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Princeton Advisory Group will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.
- 23 -
Senior Securities
We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. A loan will be considered temporary if it is repaid within sixty days and is not extended or renewed. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Regulations governing our operation as a BDC will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. As a BDC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.”
Common Stock
We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and that of our stockholders, and our stockholders approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). A proposal, approved by our stockholders at the Special Meeting of Stockholders held on March 6, 2015, authorized us to sell shares equal to up to 25% of our outstanding common stock below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock in one or more offerings for the period ending on March 13, 2016. We would need similar future approval from our stockholders to issue shares below the then current net asset value per share for any sale after March 13, 2016. We may also make rights offerings to our stockholders at prices per share less than the net asset value per share, subject to applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to Princeton Advisory Group. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of Princeton Advisory Group are set out below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by Princeton Advisory Group and our directors who are not “interested persons,” and, accordingly, are subject to change.
Introduction
As an investment advisor registered under the Advisers Act, Princeton Advisory Group has a fiduciary duty to act solely in our best interests. As part of this duty, Princeton Advisory Group recognizes that it must vote our securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests.
Princeton Advisory Group’s policies and procedures for voting proxies for its investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.
Proxy Policies
Princeton Advisory Group votes proxies relating to our portfolio securities in what it perceives, at that time, to be the best interest of our stockholders. Princeton Advisory Group reviews on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a stockholder vote to assess the effect on the portfolio securities we hold. In most cases, Princeton Advisory Group will vote in favor of proposals that Princeton Advisory Group believes are likely to increase the value of the portfolio securities and vote against proposals that may have a negative effect on our portfolio securities. Notwithstanding this, the foregoing does not restrict or limit Princeton Advisory Group from voting as it determines to be appropriate.
Princeton Advisory Group has established a proxy voting committee and adopted proxy voting guidelines and related procedures. The proxy voting committee establishes proxy voting guidelines and procedures, oversees the internal proxy voting process, and reviews proxy voting issues. To ensure that Princeton Advisory Group’s vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, Princeton Advisory Group requires that (1) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to our Chief Compliance Officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (2) employees involved in the decision-making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how Princeton Advisory Group intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties. Where conflicts of interest may be present, Princeton Advisory Group will disclose such conflicts to us, including our independent directors and may request guidance from us on how to vote such proxies.
- 24 -
Proxy Voting Records
You may obtain information about how Princeton Advisory Group voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Princeton Capital Corporation, 700 Alexander Park, Suite 103, Princeton, NJ 08540, or by calling us collect at (609) 514-9200.
Privacy Principles
We are committed to maintaining the privacy of our stockholders and to safeguarding their nonpublic personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.
Generally, we do not receive any nonpublic personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain nonpublic personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third-party administrator).
We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to employees of Princeton Advisory Group and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of our stockholders.
Other
We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.
We and Princeton Advisory Group will each be required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of relevant federal securities laws, review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation, and designate a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.
We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. The SEC has interpreted the BDC prohibition on transactions with affiliates to prohibit all “joint transactions” between, among other things, entities that share a common investment advisor. The staff of the SEC has granted no-action relief permitting purchases of a single class of privately placed securities provided that the advisor negotiates no term other than price and certain other conditions are met.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:
● | pursuant to Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer must certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports; |
● | pursuant to Item 307 under Regulation S-K, our periodic reports must disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures; |
● | pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our management must prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; and |
● | pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K and Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any remedial actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses. |
- 25 -
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated under such act. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance with that act.
Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company
The Company will be taxed as a C corporation and subject to federal and state corporation income taxes for its 2016 taxable year. As a BDC, we expect to annually qualify and elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally do not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any income that we distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our ordinary income plus the excess of our realized net short-term capital gains over our realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).
For any taxable year in which we:
● | qualify as a RIC; and |
● | satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement; |
we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our income we distribute (or are deemed to distribute) to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.
We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on our undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (a) 98% of our net ordinary income for each calendar year, (b) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (c) any income realized, but not distributed, in the preceding year and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax, or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement. For this purpose, however, any net ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by us that is subject to corporate income tax for the tax year ending in that calendar year will be considered to have been distributed by year end (or earlier if estimated taxes are paid). We currently intend to make sufficient distributions each taxable year to satisfy the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.
In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:
● | continue to qualify as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each year; |
● | derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (which generally are partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends and other permitted RIC income), or the 90% Income Test; and |
- 26 -
● | diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: |
● | at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and |
● | no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer or of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships, or the Diversification Tests. |
We may invest in partnerships, including qualified publicly traded partnerships, which may result in our being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding liabilities.
We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, with increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. Because any original issue discount accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. If we are not able to obtain sufficient cash from other sources to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may fail to maintain our qualification as a RIC and become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on all of our taxable income without the benefit of the dividends-paid deduction.
Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy (i) the Annual Distribution Requirements and to otherwise eliminate our liability for U.S. federal income and excise taxes and/or (ii) the Diversification Tests. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted in certain circumstances to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See Item 1A. “Regulation as a BDC - Senior Securities.” Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement, the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement or the Diversification Test may be limited by (a) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (b) other requirements relating to our qualifications as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement, the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement or the Diversification Tests, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.
Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (a) treat dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income as non-qualified dividend income, (b) treat dividends that would otherwise be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction as ineligible for such treatment, (c) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (d) convert lower-taxed long term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (e) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (f) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (g) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (h) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (i) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We intend to monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent our disqualification as a RIC.
Gain or loss realized by us from warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long term or short term, depending on how long we held a particular warrant. Some of the income and fees that we may recognize will not satisfy the 90% Income Test. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy the 90% Income Test, we may hold assets that generate such income and provide services that generate such fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay U.S. federal corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.
- 27 -
If we are unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, and if certain remedial provisions are not available, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate stockholders would be eligible to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to such distributions, non-corporate stockholders would be able to treat such dividend income as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, to requalify as a RIC in a subsequent year we may be subject to regular corporate tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of our assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if we had been liquidated) that we elect to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next ten years (or shorter applicable period). The remainder of this discussion assumes that we will work toward qualification as a RIC and satisfying the Annual Distribution Requirement.
Investing in our securities involves a number of significant risks. Before you invest in our securities, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this annual report on Form 10-K, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set out below are the principal risks with respect to an investment in our securities generally and with respect to a BDC with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structures or trading markets similar to ours. However, they may not be the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Relating to our Business and Structure
We have a limited operating history as a BDC and Princeton Advisory Group has never advised a BDC. Neither we nor Princeton Advisory Group has ever operated as or advised a RIC, and we may not be able to operate our business successfully or generate sufficient revenue to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders.
We were formed as a Maryland corporation in July 2013 and did not maintain any business operations since our formation until March 13, 2015, the date of the acquiring transactions. As a result of our limited operating history, we are subject to the business risks and uncertainties associated with recently formed businesses, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that the value of your investment could decline substantially.
Princeton Advisory Group has never managed a BDC. The 1940 Act and the Code impose numerous constraints on the operations of BDC’s and RICs that do not apply to other investment vehicles. BDC’s are required, for example, to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of U.S. private or thinly traded public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt instruments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. Moreover, qualification for taxation as a RIC requires satisfaction of source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. Neither we nor Princeton Advisory Group has any experience operating or advising under these constraints, which may hinder our ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objective.
- 28 -
We are dependent upon key personnel of Princeton Advisory Group for our future success. If Princeton Advisory Group were to lose any of its key personnel, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.
We will depend on the diligence, skill and network of business contacts of the investment professionals of Princeton Advisory Group to achieve our investment objective. We expect that Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team will evaluate, negotiate, structure, close and monitor our investments in accordance with the terms of our Investment Advisory Group. We can offer no assurance, however, that Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team will continue to provide investment advice to us.
Princeton Advisory Group’s investment committee, which provides oversight over our investment activities, is provided to us by Princeton Advisory Group under the New Investment Advisory Agreement. Princeton Advisory Group’s investment committee consists of Munish Sood, Sripat Pandey, and Tom Wojczak. The loss of any member of Princeton Advisory Group’s investment committee would limit our ability to achieve our investment objective and operate as we anticipate. This could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our business model depends to a significant extent upon strong referral relationships. Any inability of Princeton Advisory Group to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.
We depend upon Princeton Advisory Group to maintain its relationships with private equity sponsors, placement agents, investment banks, management groups, financial institutions and other service providers, and we expect to rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If Princeton Advisory Group fails to maintain such relationships, or to develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom Princeton Advisory Group has relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and we can offer no assurance that these relationships will generate investment opportunities for us in the future.
Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will depend on our ability to manage our business effectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had total operating expenses of $2,743,306 and $4,320,992, respectively. Consequently, in 2015, prior to the March 13, 2015 transaction, we were required to sell shares of common stock of Neuralstem, one of our portfolio companies, to raise the cash necessary to pay ongoing expenses. We sold 115,000 shares of Neuralstem common stock in 2015 to finance our operating costs, which resulted in proceeds of $251,324. After March 13, 2015, we relied upon interest payments from investments to support operating expenses.
Our ability to achieve our investment objective will depend on our ability to manage our business and to grow our investments and earnings. This will depend, in turn, on Princeton Advisory Group ability to identify, invest in and monitor portfolio companies that meet our investment criteria. The achievement of our investment objective on a cost-effective basis will depend upon Princeton Advisory Group execution of our investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and, to a lesser extent, our access to financing on acceptable terms. Princeton Advisory Group’s investment team will have substantial responsibilities in connection with the management of other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles. The personnel of Princeton Advisory Group may be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These activities may distract them from servicing new investment opportunities for us or slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
- 29 -
There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively affect our investment returns.
The members of Princeton Advisory Group investment committee serve, or may serve, as officers, directors, members, or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds, accounts, or investment vehicles managed by Princeton Advisory Group. Similarly, Princeton Advisory Group may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders.
We intend to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Princeton Advisory Group where doing so is consistent with our investment strategy as well as applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. Without an exemptive order from the SEC (as described below), we generally will only be permitted to co-invest with such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles when the only term that is negotiated is price. If we invest alongside other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Princeton Advisory Group, we expect to make such investments consistent with Princeton Advisory Group’s allocation policy, which generally requires that each co-investment opportunity be allocated between us and the other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Princeton Advisory Group pro rata based on each entity’s capital available for investment, as determined by Princeton Advisory Group. We expect that available capital for our investments will be determined based on the amount of cash on-hand, liquidity available under our financing arrangements, including the borrowing capacity under any borrowing facility we enter into, existing commitments and reserves, if any, the targeted leverage level, targeted asset mix and diversification requirements and other investment policies and restrictions set by our board of directors or as imposed by applicable laws, rules, regulations or interpretations. In situations where co-investment alongside other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Princeton Advisory Group, is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer, Princeton Advisory Group will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. Princeton Advisory Group will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on an alternating basis that will be fair and equitable over time. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which an investment fund, account or investment vehicle managed by Princeton Advisory Group has previously invested.
The senior investment team and other investment professionals of Princeton Advisory Group may, from time to time, possess material non-public information, limiting our investment discretion.
The senior investment team and other investment professionals of Princeton Advisory Group, including members of Princeton Advisory Group’s investment committee, may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with portfolio companies in which we invest, the securities of which are purchased or sold on our behalf. In the event that material nonpublic information is obtained with respect to such companies, or we become subject to trading restrictions under the internal trading policies of those companies or as a result of applicable law or regulations, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies, and this prohibition may have an adverse effect on us.
The management fee structure we have with Princeton Advisory Group may create incentives that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders.
In the course of our investing activities, we will pay management fees to Princeton Advisory Group. We have entered into a New Investment Advisory Agreement with Princeton Advisory Group that provides that these fees will be based on the value of our net assets. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a gross basis and receive distributions on a net basis after expenses, resulting in a lower rate of return than one might achieve through direct investments.
Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how Princeton Advisory Group addresses these and other conflicts of interests associated with its management services and compensation. While our board of directors is not expected to review or approve each investment decision, borrowing or incurrence of leverage, our independent directors will periodically review Princeton Advisory Group’s services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and performance of our portfolio. In connection with these reviews, our independent directors will consider whether our fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate. As a result of this arrangement, Princeton Advisory Group may from time to time have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict.
- 30 -
The involvement of our interested directors in the valuation process may create conflicts of interest.
We expect to make many of our portfolio investments in the form of loans and securities that are not publicly traded and for which no market based price quotation is available. As a result, our board of directors will determine the fair value of these loans and securities in good faith as described below in “— Our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there may be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.” In connection with that determination, investment professionals from Princeton Advisory Group may provide our board of directors with valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. While the valuation for most portfolio investments will be prepared quarterly by an independent valuation firm, the ultimate determination of fair value will be made by our board of directors, including our interested directors, and not by such third-party valuation firm. In addition, Mr. Sood, an interested member of our board of directors, has a direct pecuniary interest in Princeton Advisory Group. The participation of Princeton Advisory Group’s investment professionals in our valuation process, and the pecuniary interest in Princeton Advisory Group by certain members of our board of directors, could result in a conflict of interest as Princeton Advisory Group’s management fee is based, in part, on the value of our gross assets.
The time and resources that Princeton Advisory Group devote to us may be diverted, and we may face additional competition due to the fact that Princeton Advisory Group and its affiliates are not prohibited from raising money for, or managing, another entity that makes the same types of investments that we target.
Princeton Advisory Group and some of its affiliates, including our officers and our non-independent directors, are not prohibited from raising money for, or managing, another investment entity that makes the same types of investments as those we target. For example, Princeton Advisory Group could seek to raise capital for a private credit fund that will have an investment strategy that is identical to our investment strategy. We and Princeton Advisory Group intend to seek exemptive relief from the SEC that would establish a co-investment program with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Princeton Advisory Group; however, there can be no assurance if and when the SEC would grant such relief. In addition, we may compete with any such investment entity for the same investors and investment opportunities.
Princeton Advisory Group’s liability is limited under the New Investment Advisory Agreement and we have agreed to indemnify Princeton Advisory Group against certain liabilities, which may lead Princeton Advisory Group to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.
Under the New Investment Advisory Agreement, Princeton Advisory Group has not assumed any responsibility to us other than to render the services called for under that agreement. It will not be responsible for any action of our board of directors by following or declining to follow Princeton Advisory Group’s advice or recommendations. Under the New Investment Advisory Agreement, Princeton Advisory Group, its officers, members and personnel, and any person controlling or controlled by Princeton Advisory Group will not be liable to us, any subsidiary of ours, our directors, our stockholders or any subsidiary’s stockholders or partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the New Investment Advisory Agreement, except those resulting from acts constituting gross negligence, willful misfeasance, bad faith or reckless disregard of the duties that Princeton Advisory Group owes to us under the New Investment Advisory Agreement. In addition, as part of the New Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to indemnify Princeton Advisory Group and each of its officers, directors, members, managers and employees from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the New Investment Advisory Agreement, except where attributable to gross negligence, willful misfeasance, bad faith or reckless disregard of such person’s duties under the New Investment Advisory Agreement. These protections may lead Princeton Advisory Group to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.
Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted, which may limit the scope of investments available to us.
We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such affiliate without the prior approval of our independent directors. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include concurrent investments in the same portfolio company, without prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. We are prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any person that controls us or who owns more than 25% of our voting securities or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security (other than any security of which we are the issuer) from or to any portfolio company of a private fund managed by Princeton Advisory Group or its affiliates without the prior approval of the SEC, which may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.
- 31 -
We may, however, invest alongside Princeton Advisory Group’s investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with our investment strategy as well as applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. For example, we may invest alongside such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles consistent with guidance promulgated by the SEC staff to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that Princeton Advisory Group, acting on our behalf and on behalf of such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles, negotiates no term other than price. We may also invest alongside Princeton Advisory Group’s investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles as otherwise permissible under regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and Princeton Advisory Group’s allocation policy. This allocation policy provides that allocations among us and investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Princeton Advisory Group and its affiliates will generally be made pro rata based on capital available for investment, as determined, in our case, by our board of directors as well as the terms of our governing documents and those of such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles. It is our policy to base our determinations on such factors as the amount of cash on-hand, existing commitments and reserves, if any, our targeted leverage level, our targeted asset mix and diversification requirements and other investment policies and restrictions set by our board of directors or imposed by applicable laws, rules, regulations or interpretations. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Princeton Advisory Group. However, we can offer no assurance that investment opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.
In situations where co-investment with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Princeton Advisory Group, prior to receiving exemptive relief, is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest concurrently in different securities of the same issuer or where the different investments could be expected to result in a conflict between our interests and those of Princeton Advisory Group’s clients, subject to the limitations described in the preceding paragraph, Princeton Advisory Group will need to decide which client will proceed with the investment. Princeton Advisory Group will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on an alternating basis that will be fair and equitable over time. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which an investment fund, account or investment vehicle managed by Princeton Advisory Group has previously invested.
We and Princeton Advisory Group may seek exemptive relief from the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Princeton Advisory Group in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. We believe that co-investment by us and investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Princeton Advisory Group may afford us additional investment opportunities and an ability to achieve greater diversification. Accordingly, if we make an application for exemptive relief, we will seek an exemptive order permitting us to invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Princeton Advisory Group in the same portfolio companies under circumstances in which such investments would otherwise not be permitted by the 1940 Act. We expect that such exemptive relief permitting co-investments, if granted, would not require review and approval of each co-investment by our independent directors. There can be no assurance if and when the SEC would grant such relief.
- 32 -
We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.
A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we plan to make. We will compete with public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some of our competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or the source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our RIC qualification. The competitive pressures we face may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we may not be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.
With respect to the investments we make, we will not seek to compete based primarily on the interest rates we will offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that will be lower than the rates we offer. With respect to all investments, we may lose some investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income, lower yields and increased risk of credit loss. We may also compete for investment opportunities with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Princeton Advisory Group. Although Princeton Advisory Group will allocate opportunities in accordance with its policies and procedures, allocations to such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles will reduce the amount and frequency of opportunities available to us and may not be in the best interests of us and our stockholders. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively affect our investment returns,” “— Conflicts related to other arrangements with Princeton Advisory Group.”
We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify or maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.
To qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, we must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. The distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. If we incur debt, we will be subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to qualify as a RIC. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level income tax. To qualify as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these tests may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of our qualification as a RIC. Because most of our investments will be in private or thinly-traded public companies, any such dispositions may be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate income taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distributions to our stockholders and the amount of funds available for new investments. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders. See “Description of Business — Taxation as a RIC.”
We may need to raise additional capital to grow because we must distribute most of our income.
We may need additional capital to fund new investments and grow our portfolio of investments. We intend to access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. Unfavorable economic conditions could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. In addition, we will be required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders to maintain our qualification as a RIC. As a result, these earnings will not be available to fund new investments. An inability on our part to access the capital markets successfully could limit our ability to grow our business and execute our business strategy fully and could decrease our earnings, if any, which would have an adverse effect on the value of our securities.
- 33 -
You may not receive distributions, or our distributions may not grow over time.
We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this filing. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. All distributions will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, financial condition, maintenance of RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relative from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will make distributions to our stockholders in the future.
We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before, or without, receiving cash representing such income.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as the accrual of original issue discount. This may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan and in other circumstances, or through contracted PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such original issue discount, which could be significant relative to our overall investment activities, and increases in loan balances as a result of contracted PIK arrangements will be included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash.
Since we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to maintain our qualification as a RIC. In such a case, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain such cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and thus be subject to corporate-level income tax. See “Description of Business – Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company.”
PIK interest payments we receive will increase our assets under management and, as a result, will increase the amount of base management fees payable by us to Princeton Advisory Group.
Certain of our debt investments may contain provisions providing for the payment of PIK interest. Because PIK interest results in an increase in the size of the loan balance of the underlying loan, the receipt by us of PIK interest will have the effect of increasing our assets under management. As a result, because the base management fee that we pay to Princeton Advisory Group is based on the value of our gross assets, the receipt by us of PIK interest will result in an increase in the amount of the base management fee payable by us.
Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. As a BDC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.
We may issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we will be permitted as a BDC to issue senior securities in amounts such that our asset coverage ratio, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% of our gross assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous to us in order to repay a portion of our indebtedness. Also, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for distributions to our common stockholders. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss.
We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below then current net asset value per share of our common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and if our stockholders approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). If we raise additional funds by issuing common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, then the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time will decrease, and you may experience dilution.
- 34 -
We may finance our investments with borrowed money, which will magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.
We may finance our investments with borrowed money when we expect the return on our investment to exceed the cost of borrowing. The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested. The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. However, we may borrow from, and may in the future issue debt securities to, banks, insurance companies and other lenders. Lenders of these funds will have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we would expect such lenders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instruments we may enter into with lenders. In addition, under the terms of any borrowing facility or other debt instrument we may enter into, we are likely to be required to use the net proceeds of any investments that we sell to repay a portion of the amount borrowed under such facility or instrument before applying such net proceeds to any other uses. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged, thereby magnifying losses or eliminating our stake in a leveraged investment. Similarly, any decrease in our revenue or income will cause our net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline would also negatively affect our ability to make distributions with respect to our common stock or preferred stock. Our ability to service any debt will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. Moreover, as the base management fee payable to Princeton Advisory Group will be payable based on the value of our gross assets, including those assets acquired through the use of leverage, Princeton Advisory Group will have a financial incentive to incur leverage, which may not be consistent with our stockholders’ interests. In addition, our stockholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the base management fee payable to Princeton Advisory Group.
As a BDC, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings (other than potential leverage in future SBIC subsidiaries, should we apply for and receive an SBIC license(s), subject to exemptive relief) and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. If this ratio declines below 200%, we will not be able to incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is otherwise disadvantageous for us to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make distributions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on Princeton Advisory Group’s and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.
We may default under or any future borrowing facility we enter into or be unable to amend, repay or refinance any such facility on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In the event we default under any future borrowing facility, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at what may be disadvantageous prices to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements under such future borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, following any such default, the agent for the lenders under such future borrowing facility could assume control of the disposition of any or all of our assets, including the selection of such assets to be disposed and the timing of such disposition, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
- 35 -
Because we may use debt to finance our investments, if market interest rates were to increase, our cost of capital could increase, which could reduce our net investment income.
Because we may borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates would not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income in the event we use debt to finance our investments. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. We may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.
Provisions in any future borrowing facility may limit our discretion in operating our business.
Any future borrowing facility may be backed by all or a portion of our loans and securities on which the lenders may have a security interest. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instrument we enter into with lenders. We expect that any security interests we grant will be set forth in a pledge and security agreement and evidenced by the filing of financing statements by the agent for the lenders. In addition, we expect that the custodian for our securities serving as collateral for such loan would include in its electronic systems notices indicating the existence of such security interests and, following notice of occurrence of an event of default, if any, and during its continuance, will only accept transfer instructions with respect to any such securities from the lender or its designee. If we were to default under the terms of any debt instrument, the agent for the applicable lenders would be able to assume control of the timing of disposition of any or all of our assets securing such debt, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In addition, any security interests as well as negative covenants in any borrowing facility may limit our ability to create liens on assets to secure additional debt and may make it difficult for us to restructure or refinance indebtedness at or prior to maturity or obtain additional debt or equity financing. In addition, if our borrowing base under any other borrowing facility were to decrease, we would be required to secure additional assets in an amount equal to any borrowing base deficiency. In the event that all of our assets are secured at the time of such a borrowing base deficiency, we could be required to repay advances under the borrowing facility or make deposits to a collection account, either of which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to fund future investments and to make stockholder distributions.
In addition, under any future borrowing facility we may be subject to limitations as to how borrowed funds may be used, which may include restrictions on geographic and industry concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, collateral interests and investment ratings, as well as regulatory restrictions on leverage which may affect the amount of funding that may be obtained. There may also be certain requirements relating to portfolio performance, including required minimum portfolio yield and limitations on delinquencies and charge-offs, a violation of which could limit further advances and, in some cases, result in an event of default. An event of default under any borrowing facility could result in an accelerated maturity date for all amounts outstanding thereunder, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. This could reduce our revenues and, by delaying any cash payment allowed to us under the borrowing facility until the lenders have been paid in full, reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to grow our business and maintain our qualification as a RIC.
Adverse developments in the credit markets may impair our ability to enter into any other future borrowing facility.
During the economic downturn in the United States that began in mid-2007, many commercial banks and other financial institutions stopped lending or significantly curtailed their lending activity. In addition, in an effort to stem losses and reduce their exposure to segments of the economy deemed to be high risk, some financial institutions limited refinancing and loan modification transactions and reviewed the terms of existing facilities to identify bases for accelerating the maturity of existing lending facilities. If these conditions recur (for example, as a result of a broadening of the current Euro zone credit crisis), it may be difficult for us to enter into a borrowing facility, obtain financing for growth of our investments, or refinance any outstanding indebtedness on acceptable economic terms, or at all.
- 36 -
If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a BDC or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy.
As a BDC, we are required to invest at least 70% of our total assets in “qualifying assets” as defined under the 1940 Act. See “Business – Regulation as a BDC.” We believe that most of the investments that we may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe to be attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could violate the 1940 Act provisions applicable to BDC’s. As a result of such violation, specific rules under the 1940 Act could prevent us, for example, from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it could be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. We may not be able to find a buyer for such investments and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss. Any such outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
If we do not maintain our status as a BDC, we would be subject to regulation as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end investment company, we would be subject to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act which would significantly decrease our operating flexibility.
Our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there may be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.
We expect that most of our portfolio investments will take the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of loans, securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable, and we will value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, including to reflect significant events affecting the value of our investments. Most, if not all, of our investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) will be classified as Level 3 under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, or ASC 820. This means that our portfolio valuations will be based on unobservable inputs and our own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. We expect that inputs into the determination of fair value of our portfolio investments will require significant management judgment or estimation. Even if observable market data are available, such information may be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information. We expect to retain the services of one or more independent service providers to review the valuation of these loans and securities. The types of factors that the board of directors may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly traded securities including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these loans and securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such loans and securities.
We will adjust the valuation of our portfolio quarterly to reflect our board of directors’ determination of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our statement of operations as net change in unrealized gain or loss.
We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.
We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rate payable on the loans and debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such loans and securities, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. In light of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.
- 37 -
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.
Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm (when undertaken, as noted below), may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our consolidated financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.
We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis and our management will be required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.
Our common stock is traded on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board “Pink Sheet” market, which may make it more difficult for investors to resell their shares due to suitability requirements.
Our common stock is currently traded on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board under the symbol “PIAC” where we expect it to remain in the foreseeable future. Broker-dealers often decline to trade in OTC Pink Sheet stocks given the markets for such securities are often limited, the stocks are more volatile, and the risk to investors is greater. These factors may reduce the potential market for our common stock by reducing the number of potential investors. This may make it more difficult for investors in our common stock to sell shares to third parties or to otherwise dispose of their shares. This could cause our stock price to decline.
New or modified laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business.
We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation by laws at the U.S. federal, state and local levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, may change from time to time, and new laws, regulations and interpretations may also come into effect. Any such new or changed laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Additionally, changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations related to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy in order to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth in this filing and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of Princeton Advisory Group to other types of investments in which Princeton Advisory Group may have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.
Our board of directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.
Our board of directors has the authority, except as otherwise provided in the 1940 Act, to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and the market price of our common stock. Nevertheless, any such changes could adversely affect our business and impair our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
- 38 -
Pending legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.
As a BDC under the 1940 Act, we are generally not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). Recent legislation introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives, if reintroduced and if passed, would modify this section of the 1940 Act and increase the amount of debt that BDC’s may incur by modifying the percentage from 200% to 150%. As a result, we may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future and therefore your risk of an investment in common stock may increase.
Our board of directors is authorized to reclassify any unissued shares of common stock into one or more series of preferred stock, which could convey special rights and privileges to its owners.
Under Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter, our board of directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any authorized but unissued shares of stock into one or more classes or series of stock, including preferred stock of one or more series. Prior to the issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors will be required by Maryland law and our charter to set the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each such class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of a series of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or that otherwise might be in their best interest. The cost of any such reclassification and issuance would be borne by our common stockholders. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, the 1940 Act provides that holders of preferred stock are entitled to vote separately from holders of common stock to elect two directors. We currently have no plans to issue preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock convertible into shares of common stock may also reduce the net income and net asset value per share of our common stock upon conversion, provided, that we will only be permitted to issue such convertible preferred stock to the extent we comply with the requirements of Section 61 of the 1940 Act, including obtaining common stockholder approval. These effects, among others, could have an adverse effect on your investment in our common stock.
The foregoing provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. However, these provisions may deprive a stockholder of the opportunity to sell such stockholder’s shares at a premium to a potential aquiver. We believe that the benefits of these provisions out weight the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms. Our board of directors has considered both the positive and negative effects of the foregoing provisions determined that they are in the best interests of our stockholders.
Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and of our charter and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.
The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of the Company or the removal of our directors. We are subject to the Maryland Business Combination Act, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting from the Business Combination Act any business combination between us and any other person, subject to prior approval of such business combination by our board of directors, including approval by a majority of our independent directors. If the resolution exempting business combinations is repealed or our board of directors does not approve a business combination, the Business Combination Act may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer. Our bylaws exempt from the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act acquisitions of our stock by any person. If we amend our bylaws to repeal the exemption from the Control Share Acquisition Act, the Control Share Acquisition Act also may make it more difficult for a third party to obtain control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such a transaction.
We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our charter classifying our board of directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms and authorizing our board of directors to classify or reclassify shares of our stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock and to amend our charter without stockholder approval to increase or decrease the number of shares of stock that we have authority to issue. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our charter and bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.
- 39 -
The foregoing provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. However, these provisions may deprive a stockholder of the opportunity to sell such stockholder’s shares of a premium to a potential acquirer. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms. Our board of directors has considered both the positive and negative effects of the foregoing provisions and determined that they are in the best interests of our stockholders.
Princeton Advisory Group can resign as our investment advisor and administrator upon 60 days’ notice and we may not be able to find suitable replacements within that time, or at all, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.
Princeton Advisory Group has the right under the New Investment Advisory Agreement to resign as our investment advisor and administrator at any time upon 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If Princeton Advisory Group was to resign, we may not be able to find a new investment advisor or administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment or administrative activities, as applicable, is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by Princeton Advisory Group. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are highly dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
Our business is highly dependent on the communications and information systems of Princeton Advisory Group. In addition, certain of these systems are provided to Princeton Advisory Group by third party service providers. Any failure or interruption of such systems, including as a result of the termination of an agreement with any such third party service provider, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
Recent market conditions materially and adversely affected debt and equity capital markets in the United States and around the world. If these conditions recur, debt capital may not be available to us on favorable terms, or at all, which could negatively affect our financial performance and results.
From 2007 through 2009, the global capital markets experienced a period of disruption resulting in increasing spreads between the yields realized on riskier debt securities and those realized on risk-free securities and a lack of liquidity in parts of the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to subprime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, illiquid market conditions, declining business and consumer confidence and the failure of major financial institutions in the United States, led to a decline of general economic conditions. This economic decline materially and adversely affected the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and to financial firms in particular during that time. These conditions may recur (for example, as a result of a broadening of the current Euro zone credit crisis), in which case, to the extent that we wish to use debt to fund our investments, the debt capital that will be available to us, if at all, may be at a higher cost, and on terms and conditions that may be less favorable, than what we expect, which could negatively affect our financial performance and results. A prolonged period of market illiquidity may cause us to reduce the volume of loans and debt securities we originate and/or fund and adversely affect the value of our portfolio investments, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
- 40 -
Risks Relating to our Investments
Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.
Many of the portfolio companies in which we expect to make investments, including those currently included in our initial portfolio, are likely to be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during such periods. Therefore, the number of our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during such periods. Adverse economic conditions may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and debt securities and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our investments and harm our operating results.
A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the loans and debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, lenders in certain cases can be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by them when they become too involved in the borrower’s business or exercise control over a borrower. It is possible that we could become subject to a lender’s liability claim, including as a result of actions taken if we render significant managerial assistance to the borrower. Furthermore, if one of our portfolio companies were to file for bankruptcy protection, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to claims of other creditors, even though we may have structured our investment as senior secured debt. The likelihood of such a re-characterization would depend on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company.
Our investments in leveraged portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.
Investments in leveraged companies involve a number of significant risks. Leveraged companies in which we invest may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their loans and debt securities that we hold. Such developments may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees that we may have obtained in connection with our investment. Smaller leveraged companies also may have less predictable operating results and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance their expansion or maintain their competitive position.
We may hold the loans and debt securities of leveraged companies that may, due to the significant operating volatility typical of such companies, enter into bankruptcy proceedings.
Leveraged companies may experience bankruptcy or similar financial distress. The bankruptcy process has a number of significant inherent risks. Many events in a bankruptcy proceeding are the product of contested matters and adversary proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. A bankruptcy filing by a portfolio company may adversely and permanently affect that company. If the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the portfolio company may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is also difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by delays until the plan of reorganization or liquidation ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, our influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations we own may be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in the same class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process, it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial.
- 41 -
Our investments in private and small and lower middle-market portfolio companies are risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.
Investments in private and small and lower middle-market companies involve a number of significant risks. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we will rely on the ability of Princeton Advisory Group’s investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. Small and lower middle-market companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their loans and debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment. In addition, such companies typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and adverse market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. Additionally, middle-market companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons. Therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on one or more of the portfolio companies we invest in and, in turn, on us. Small and lower middle-market companies also may be parties to litigation and may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence. In addition, our executive officers, directors and investment advisor may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in portfolio companies.
The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.
All of our assets may be invested in illiquid loans and securities, and a substantial portion of our investments in leveraged companies will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than more broadly traded public securities. The illiquidity of these investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments. Also, as noted above, we may be limited or prohibited in our ability to sell or otherwise exit certain positions in our initial portfolio as such a transaction could be considered a joint transaction prohibited by the 1940 Act.
Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.
As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. As part of the valuation process, we may take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments:
● | Available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables; | |
● | applicable market yields and multiples; | |
● | security covenants; | |
● | call protection provisions; | |
● | information rights; | |
● | the nature and realizable value of any collateral; | |
● | the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, earnings, discounted cash flows and the markets in which it does business; | |
● | comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public; | |
● | comparable merger and acquisition transactions; and | |
● | the principal market and enterprise values. |
- 42 -
When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation. We record decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments as unrealized depreciation. Declines in prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets may result in significant net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. The effect of all of these factors on our portfolio may reduce our net asset value by increasing net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial realized losses and may suffer additional unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are a non-diversified investment company as defined under the 1940 Act, and therefore we are not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer.
We are classified as a non-diversified investment company as defined under the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under the Code, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers or our investments are concentrated in relatively few industries, our net asset value may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company.
Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.
Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, in seeking to:
● | increase or maintain in whole or in part our position as a creditor or equity ownership percentage in a portfolio company; | |
● | exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or | |
● | preserve or enhance the value of our investment. |
We have discretion to make follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. Failure on our part to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our level of risk, because we prefer other opportunities or because we are inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements of the 1940 Act or the desire to maintain our qualification as a RIC. Our ability to make follow-on investments may also be limited by Princeton Advisory Group’s allocation policy.
Because we generally do not hold controlling equity interests in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.
We will not hold controlling equity positions in any of the portfolio companies included in our portfolio and, although we may do so in the future, we do not currently intend to hold controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies (including those included in our portfolio). As a result, we will be subject to the risk that a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and that the management and/or stockholders of a portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity of the debt and equity investments that we expect to hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.
- 43 -
Defaults by our portfolio companies will harm our operating results.
A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets. This could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize such portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the loans or debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.
Because we rely on the interest income from our portfolio companies to fund operating expenses, payment defaults of our portfolio companies could have an adverse effect on our operations. Our interest income may not exceed our operating expenses which could affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.
Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and ability to make stockholder distributions and result in a decline in the market price of our shares.
We will be subject to the risk that the debt investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. We expect that our investments will generally allow for repayment at any time subject to certain penalties. When this occurs, we intend to generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in accordance with our investment strategy. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid, and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elects to repay amounts owed to us prior to maturity. Additionally, prepayments could negatively impact our ability to make, or the amount of, distributions with respect to our common stock, which could result in a decline in the market price of our shares.
Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.
We intend to invest a portion of our capital in second lien and subordinated loans issued by our portfolio companies. The portfolio companies usually have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the loans in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the loans in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying senior creditors, a portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with loans in which we invest, we would have to share any distributions on an equal and ratable basis with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.
Additionally, certain loans that we may make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.
- 44 -
We may also make unsecured loans to portfolio companies, meaning that such loans will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on such portfolio companies’ collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured loan obligations after payment in full of all secured loan obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.
The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of such senior debt. Under a typical intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens:
● | the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; | |
● | the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; | |
● | the approval of amendments to collateral documents; | |
● | releases of liens on the collateral; and | |
● | waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. |
We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.
If we make subordinated investments, the obligors or the portfolio companies may not generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations to us.
We may make subordinated investments that rank below other obligations of the obligor in right of payment. Subordinated investments are subject to greater risk of default than senior obligations as a result of adverse changes in the financial condition of the obligor or economic conditions in general. If we make a subordinated investment in a portfolio company, the portfolio company may be highly leveraged, and its relatively high debt-to-equity ratio may create increased risks that its operations might not generate sufficient cash flow to service all of its debt obligations.
The disposition of our investments may result in contingent liabilities.
We currently expect that substantially all of our investments will involve loans and private securities. In connection with the disposition of an investment in loans and private securities, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in contingent liabilities that ultimately result in funding obligations that we must satisfy through our return of distributions previously made to us.
We may not realize gains from our equity investments.
When we invest in loans and debt securities, we may acquire warrants or other equity securities of portfolio companies as well. We may also invest in equity securities directly. To the extent we hold equity investments, we will attempt to dispose of them and realize gains upon our disposition of them. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, may decline in value. As a result, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.
- 45 -
Risks Relating to our Common Stock
Shares of closed-end investment companies, including BDC’s, frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value.
Shares of closed-end investment companies, including BDC’s, frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share of common stock may decline. We cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at, above or below net asset value. On March 6, 2015, our stockholders voted to allow us to issue common stock at a price below net asset value per share for the period ending on March 13, 2016. Our stockholders did not specify a maximum discount below net asset value at which we are able to issue our common stock, although the number of shares sold in each offering may not exceed 25% of our outstanding common stock immediately prior to such sale. In addition, we cannot issue shares of our common stock below net asset value unless our board of directors determines that it would be in our and our stockholders’ best interests to do so. Sales of common stock at prices below net asset value per share dilute the interests of existing stockholders, have the effect of reducing out net asset value per share and may reduce our market price per share. In addition, continuous sales of common stock below net asset value may have a negative impact on total returns and could have a negative impact on the market price of our shares of common stock.
Stockholders may experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.
All distributions declared in cash payable to stockholders that are participants in our dividend reinvestment plan are generally automatically reinvested in shares of our common stock. As a result, stockholders that do not participate in the dividend reinvestment plan may experience dilution over time. Stockholders who receive distributions in shares of common stock may experience accretion to the net asset value of their shares if our shares are trading at a premium and dilution if our shares are trading at a discount. The level of accretion or discount would depend on various factors, including the proportion of our stockholders who participate in the plan, the level of premium or discount at which our shares are trading and the amount of the distribution payable to a stockholder.
Our share ownership is concentrated.
The Partnerships beneficially own approximately 95% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, the Partnerships will exert significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets, as well as any charter amendment and other matters requiring stockholder approval. This concentration of ownership may delay or prevent a change in control and may have a negative impact on the market price of our common stock by discouraging third party investors. In addition, the interests of the Partnerships may not always coincide with the interests of our other stockholders.
The Company’s common stock may be subject to the penny stock rules which might make it harder for stockholders to sell.
As a result of our stock price, our shares are subject to the penny stock rules. Because a “penny stock” is, generally speaking, one selling for less than $5.00 per share, the Company’s common stock may be subject to the foregoing rules. The application of the penny stock rules may affect stockholders’ ability to sell their shares because some broker-dealers may not be willing to make a market in the Company’s common stock because of the burdens imposed upon them by the penny stock rules which include but are not limited to:
Section 15(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and SEC Rules 15g-1 through 15g-6, which impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell Company securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors.
- 46 -
Rule 15g-2 declares unlawful any broker-dealer transactions in penny stocks unless the broker-dealer has first provided to the customer a standardized disclosure document.
Rule 15g-3 provides that it is unlawful for a broker-dealer to engage in a penny stock transaction unless the broker-dealer first discloses and subsequently confirms to the customer the current quotation prices or similar market information concerning the penny stock in question.
Rule 15g-4 prohibits broker-dealers from completing penny stock transactions for a customer unless the broker-dealer first discloses to the customer the amount of compensation or other remuneration received as a result of the penny stock transaction.
Rule 15g-5 requires that a broker-dealer executing a penny stock transaction, other than one exempt under Rule 15g-1, disclose to its customer, at the time of or prior to the transaction, information about the sales persons compensation.
Potential stockholders of the Company should also be aware that, according to SEC Release No. 34-29093, the market for penny stocks has suffered in recent years from patterns of fraud and abuse. Such patterns include (i) control of the market for the security by one or a few broker-dealers that are often related to the promoter or issuer; (ii) manipulation of prices through prearranged matching of purchases and sales and false and misleading press releases; (iii) “boiler room” practices involving high-pressure sales tactics and unrealistic price projections by inexperienced sales persons; (iv) excessive and undisclosed bid-ask differential and markups by selling broker-dealers; and (v) the wholesale dumping of the same securities by promoters and broker dealers after prices have been manipulated to a desired level, along with the resulting inevitable collapse of those prices and with consequent investor losses.
Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
The Company does not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our headquarters are currently located at 700 Alexander Park, Suite 103, Princeton, NJ 08540. Our headquarters are provided to us by Princeton Advisory Group, our investment advisor. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as we contemplate conducting it.
On or around September 8, 2015 a lawsuit was filed captioned Capital Link Fund I, LLC, et al. v. Capital Point Management, LP, et al. , C.A. No. 11483-VCN in the Delaware Court of Chancery.
The following description of the Settlement Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Settlement Agreement, which is attached as Exhibit 99.1 to the 8-K filed on January 22, 2016:
On January 19, 2016, the Company, Princeton Advisory Group, Inc., Gregory J. Cannella (“Cannella”), Munish Sood (“Sood”), Thomas Jones, Jr. (“Jones Jr.”) and Trennis L. Jones (“Jones” and together with Jones Jr., the “Independent Directors” and the Independent Directors together with the Company, Princeton Advisory Group, Inc., Cannella and Sood, the “Settling Defendants”) on the one hand, entered into a settlement agreement (“Settlement Agreement”) with Capital Link Fund I, LLC (“Capital Link”), CT Horizon Legacy Fund, LP (“CT Horizon”), CPP, and Sema4, Inc. (“Semaphore” and together with Capital Link, CT Horizon and CPP I, the “Plaintiffs” or the “Capital Point Parties”) on the other hand. CPP is the Company’s largest stockholder.
Subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, the Settlement Agreement settles between the Plaintiffs and the Settling Defendants the disputes described in the lawsuit. No monies were paid or exchanged by any of the parties as a part of the settlement and none of the parties admitted any wrongdoing. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the following is a party to the Settlement Agreement: Alfred Jackson (“Jackson”), Martin Tuchman (“Tuchman”), Capital Point Management, LP (“CPM”), Capital Point Advisors, LP (“CPA”) or Princeton Investment Advisors, LLC (“PIA,” and, together with Jackson, Tuchman, CPM and CPA, collectively the “Non-Settling Defendants”). As part of the terms of the Settlement Agreement, Sood and Cannella waived any rights to indemnification they may have had against the Company as it relates to the lawsuit. Subsequently, pursuant to a written agreement among the Company, Jackson, CPM, CPA, and PIA, Jackson waived any rights to indemnification that he may have had against the Company.
- 47 -
On June 17, 2016, a Stipulation and Order of Dismissal of Claims (the “Dismissal Order”) against the Settling Defendants (which includes the Company) and Tuchman (collectively, the “Dismissed Defendants”) was entered in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The Dismissal Order, which was dated June 10, 2016, dismissed with prejudice the claims brought by the Plaintiffs against the Dismissed Defendants. The Dismissal Order did not dismiss the claims against Jackson, CPM, CPA or PIA.
On February 24, 2017, a Stipulation and Order of Dismissal of Claims (the “Dismissal Order II”) against Jackson, CPM, CPA and PIA was entered in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The Dismissal Order II, which was dated February 24, 2017, dismissed with prejudice the claims brought by the Plaintiffs against Jackson, CPM, CPA and PIA. Terms of any settlement were not disclosed and all claims with respect to the lawsuit have now been dismissed, signifying that the status quo order that included the Company has now been lifted.
As of December 31, 2016, there were no other legal proceedings against the Company or any of its officers or directors.
From time to time, the Company may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of the Company’s rights under contracts with its portfolio companies. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company does not expect that these proceeding will have a material effect upon its business, financial condition or results of operations.
Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
- 48 -
Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDERS MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
Our common stock is currently traded on the Over the Counter Pink Sheets under the symbol “PIAC” where we expect it to remain in the foreseeable future. Prior to April 20, 2015, our common stock was traded under the symbol “RONE”. Broker-dealers often decline to trade in OTC Pink Sheet stocks given the markets for such securities are often limited, the stocks are more volatile, and the risk to investors is greater. These factors may reduce the potential market for our common stock by reducing the number of potential investors. This may make it more difficult for investors in our common stock to sell shares to third parties or to otherwise dispose of their shares. This could cause our stock price to decline.
Quarter Ending | Quarterly High | Quarterly Low | ||||||
December 31, 2016 | $ | 0.21 | $ | 0.21 | ||||
September 30, 2016 | $ | 0.73 | $ | 0.10 | ||||
June 30, 2016 | $ | 0.35 | $ | 0.06 | ||||
March 31, 2016 | $ | 0.31 | $ | 0.02 | ||||
December 31, 2015 | $ | 0.51 | $ | 0.30 | ||||
September 30, 2015 | $ | 1.35 | $ | 0.41 | ||||
June 30, 2015 | $ | 2.70 | $ | 0.60 | ||||
March 31, 2015 | $ | 0.60 | $ | 0.37 |
Notwithstanding the forgoing, our common stock is sporadically and thinly trading. Accordingly, although there appears to be quotation information, the Company does not believe that there exists an established public market for our securities. Further, there can be no assurance the current market for the Company’s common stock will be sustained or grow in the future.
Holders of record
As of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 29 shareholders of our common stock.
The Company feels the actual number of common stock holders may be significantly higher as 1,527,131 shares of common stock are held in street name which reflected approximately 1.27% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of December 31, 2016.
Dividends
Our dividends, if any, are determined by our board of directors. The Company will be taxed as a C corporation and subject to federal and state corporation income taxes for its 2016 taxable year. We do not intend to qualify for the 2017 tax year to be treated for federal income tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.
To qualify for RIC tax treatment, we must, among other things, distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income in excess of current year distributions into the next tax year and pay a 4% excise tax on such income. Any such carryover taxable income must be distributed through a dividend declared prior to filing the final tax return related to the year which generated such taxable income. We may, in the future, make actual distributions to our stockholders of our net capital gains. We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions and, if we issue senior securities, we may be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.
- 49 -
In connection with the transactions with the Partnerships, we adopted an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan (“DRIP”) for our common stockholders. As a result, if we make cash distributions, then stockholders’ cash distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, unless they specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan so as to receive cash distributions.
For each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company did not declare any cash dividends on the Company’s common stock.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
There were no sales of unregistered securities during the year ended December 31, 2016.
Performance Graph
This graph compares the return on our common stock with that of the S&P BDC Index and the Russell 2000 Index, for the past five fiscal years. The graph assumes that, on December 30, 2011, a person invested $10,000 in each of our common stock, the S&P BDC Index and the Russell 2000 Financial Services Index. The graph measures total shareholder return, which takes into account both changes in stock price and dividends. It assumes that dividends paid are reinvested in like securities. Our Company is quoted on the over-the-counter bulletin board through Pink Sheets and are thus not traded on a public exchange.
The graph and other information furnished under this Part II Item 5 of this Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be ‘‘soliciting material’’ or to be ‘‘filed’’ with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the 1934 Act. The stock price performance included in the above graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
During the year ended December 31, 2016, there were no purchases made by or on behalf of the issuer of shares of equity securities.
- 50 -
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
1995 Employee & Consultant Incentive Benefit Plan
Our board of directors adopted the 1995 Employee & Consultant Incentive Benefit Plan (“1995 Stock Plan”) on May 3, 1995, and it was subsequently approved by our stockholders. The 1995 Stock Plan provided for the grant of stock options or stock to our employees, directors, and consultants. The 1995 Stock Plan originally provided for the issuance of 3,000,000 shares of which 2,019,014 are issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2016, there were no outstanding options to purchase any additional shares under the plan as the plan has been cancelled. The 1995 Stock Plan was a plan of Regal One.
Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this report.
Financial Position as of December 31:
2016 | 2015 | 2014 | 2013 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 99,819,764 | $ | 50,018,474 | $ | 493,272 | $ | 1,162,686 | $ | 467,401 | ||||||||||
Total liabilities | 55,834,445 | 1,792,911 | 31,250 | 137,193 | 149,899 | |||||||||||||||
Net assets | $ | 43,985,319 | $ | 48,225,563 | $ | 462,022 | $ | 1,025,493 | $ | 317,502 | ||||||||||
Net asset value per outstanding share | 0.365 | 0.400 | 0.254 | 0.282 | 0.087 | |||||||||||||||
Common shares outstanding | 120,486,061 | 120,486,061 | 3,633,067 | 3,633,067 | 3,633,067 |
Operating Data for the last five fiscal years ended December 31:
2016 | 2015 | 2014 | 2013 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
Total investment income | $ | 2,286,334 | $ | 3,094,550 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||
Net expenses | 2,784,429 | 4,320,992 | 261,966 | 111,791 | 122,173 | |||||||||||||||
Net investment loss | $ | (498,095 | ) | $ | (1,226,442 | ) | $ | (261,966 | ) | $ | (111,791 | ) | $ | (122,173 | ) |
Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
References herein to “we”, “us” or “our” refer to Princeton Capital Corporation (the “Company” or “Princeton Capital”), unless the context specifically requires otherwise.
Forward-Looking Statements
Some of the statements in this annual report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements, which relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. Such forward-looking statements may include statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan” or similar words. The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K involve risks and uncertainties, including statements as to:
● | our future operating results; | |
● | our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies; | |
● | the effect of investments that we expect to make; | |
● | our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties; |
- 51 -
● | actual and potential conflicts of interest with Princeton Advisory Group; | |
● | the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its effect on the industries in which we invest; | |
● | the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives; | |
● | the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments; | |
● | the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital; | |
● | the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies; | |
● | the ability of Princeton Advisory Group, Inc. to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments; | |
● | the ability of Princeton Advisory Group, Inc. to attract and retain highly talented professionals; | |
● | our ability to qualify and maintain our qualification as a regulated investment company and as a business development company; and | |
● | the effect of future changes in laws or regulations (including the interpretation of these laws and regulations by regulatory authorities) and conditions in our operating areas, particularly with respect to business development companies or regulated investment companies. |
We have based the forward-looking statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K on information available to us on the date of this annual report on Form 10-K, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements, and future results could differ materially from historical performance. We undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless required by law or Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rule or regulation. You are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports that we in the future may file with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.
The following analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes thereto contained elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.
Overview
We are an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act” or “Investment Company Act”). We originate and invest primarily in private small and lower middle-market companies (typically those with less than $20.0 million of EBITDA) through first lien loans, second lien loans, unsecured loans, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, often times with a corresponding equity investment. Our investment objective is to maximize the total return to our stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and related equity investments in private small and lower middle-market companies. Until June 9, 2016, we were managed by Princeton Investment Advisors, LLC (“Princeton Investment Advisors”). Since June 9, 2016, the date that the Company’s stockholders approved the investment advisory agreement with Princeton Advisory Group, Inc. (“Princeton Advisory Group” or the “Investment Advisor”), we have been managed by Princeton Advisory Group, who also provides the administrative services necessary for us to operate.
As a BDC, we must not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” Under the relevant SEC rules, the term “eligible portfolio company” includes all private companies, companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, and certain public companies that have listed their securities on a national securities exchange and have a market capitalization of less than $250 million, in each case organized in the United States.
- 52 -
Corporate History
In order to expedite the ramp-up of our investment activities and further our ability to meet our investment objectives on March 13, 2015, we (i) acquired approximately $11.2 million in cash, $43.5 million in equity and debt investments, and $1.9 million in restricted cash escrow deposits of Capital Point Partners, L.P. (“CPP”) and Capital Point Partners II, L.P. (“CPPII”) (together, the “Partnerships”), (ii) issued approximately 115.5 million shares of our common stock based on a pre-valuation presumed fair value of $60.9 million and on a price of approximately $0.53 per share. We now seek to invest primarily in private small and lower middle market companies in various industries.
On an annual basis, we intend to elect to be treated for tax purposes as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”). To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level taxes on any income we distribute to our stockholders. We did not meet the qualifications of a RIC for the 2016 tax year and will be taxed as a corporation under Subchapter C of the Code.
Portfolio Composition and Investment Activity
Portfolio Composition
We originate and invest primarily in private small and lower middle-market companies through first lien loans, second lien loans, unsecured loans, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, and corresponding equity investments.
At December 31, 2016, the Company had investments in 9 portfolio companies. The Company also held one U.S. Treasury Bill. The total cost and fair value of the total investments were approximately $107.7 million and $98.0 million, respectively. The composition of our investments by asset class as of December 31, 2016 is as follows:
Investments | Cost | Fair Value | Percentage of Total Portfolio | |||||||||
Portfolio Investments | ||||||||||||
First Lien Loans | $ | 16,913,465 | $ | 16,301,261 | 16.6 | % | ||||||
Second Lien Loans | 19,326,135 | 17,250,000 | 17.6 | |||||||||
Unsecured Loans | 276,922 | 276,922 | 0.3 | |||||||||
Equity | 18,815,159 | 11,778,757 | 12.0 | |||||||||
Total Portfolio Investments | 55,331,681 | 45,606,940 | 46.5 | |||||||||
U.S. Treasury Bill | 52,398,253 | 52,398,952 | 53.5 | |||||||||
Total Investments | $ | 107,729,934 | $ | 98,005,892 | 100.0 | % |
At December 31, 2015, the Company had investments in 10 portfolio companies. The total cost and fair value of the positions were approximately $56.1 million and $48.7 million, respectively. The Company did not hold any U.S. Treasury Bills at December 31, 2015. The composition of our investments by asset class as of December 31, 2015 is as follows:
Investments | Cost | Fair Value | Percentage of Total Portfolio | |||||||||
Portfolio Investments | ||||||||||||
First Lien Loans | $ | 16,042,597 | $ | 16,064,535 | 33.0 | % | ||||||
Second Lien Loans | 25,911,495 | 21,386,494 | 43.9 | |||||||||
Unsecured Loans | 371,922 | 371,922 | 0.8 | |||||||||
Equity | 13,816,686 | 10,876,569 | 22.3 | |||||||||
Total Portfolio Investments | $ | 56,142,700 | $ | 48,699,520 | 100.0 | % |
At December 31, 2016, our weighted average yield based upon cost of our portfolio investments was approximately 11.07% of which approximately 10.16% is current cash interest, all bearing a fixed rate of interest. At December 31, 2015, our weighted average yield based upon cost of our portfolio investments was approximately 13.53% of which approximately 9.86% is current cash interest, all bearing a fixed rate of interest.
At December 31, 2016, we held approximately $52.4 million of United States Treasury securities. At December 31, 2015, we did not hold any United States Treasury securities. The United States Treasury securities may be purchased and temporarily held in connection with complying with RIC diversification requirements under Subchapter M of the Code.
- 53 -
Investment Activity
On March 13, 2015, we acquired the equity and debt investments of the Partnerships for shares of our common stock based on a price of $0.53 per share. This portfolio was comprised of equity investments and loans to middle-market companies that were originated over the previous 8 years by certain members of the investment team of Princeton Investment Advisors during their time with the investment advisor to the Partnerships and are similar to the type of investments we originate. These middle-market loans had an internal risk rating of 2 or better (e.g., investments that were performing at or above expectations and whose risks were neutral or favorable compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment).
Our level of investment activity can vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount of debt and equity capital to middle market companies, the level of merger and acquisition activity, the general economic environment and the competitive environment for the types of investments we make.
The primary portfolio investment activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 are as follows:
● | On February 17, 2016, the Company invested an additional $195,000 in Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. as unsecured debt at 5.0% interest with a maturity date of March 31, 2020. | |
● | In February 2016, the Company entered into a modification agreement of the Senior Secured Note Purchase Agreement with Lone Star Brewery Development, Inc. to defer the interest payment due on December 31, 2015 to March 31, 2016. The company earned a $25,000 modification fee for the modification. Lone Star Brewery Development, Inc. defaulted on the payments due on March 31, 2016. | |
● | On May 19, 2016, the Company amended the Note Purchase Agreement with Great Value Storage, LLC to defer interest payments until June 30, 2016 and extend the maturity of the note until December 31, 2018. The Company earned a $50,000 modification fee for this amendment. Great Value Storage, LLC resumed interest payment on June 30, 2016. | |
● | On May 24, 2016, the Company invested an additional $85,000 in Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. as unsecured debt at 5.0% interest. | |
● | On June 30, 2016, Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. made a partial interest payment on the first lien loan with an indication for the remaining amount to come by the end of the month. Since that time, Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. has notified the Company that it will not be able to make the remaining interest payment due for the second quarter 2016 and will not be able to make future interest payments on the first lien loan or the revolver at the present time. | |
● | On August 16, 2016, the Company entered into a Note Purchase and Sale Agreement with NCC Financial, LLC (“NCC”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell to NCC, for an amount equal to $6,000,000, a Senior Secured Promissory Note issued to the Company by Lone Star Brewery Development, Inc. Pursuant to the terms of the aforesaid Note Purchase and Sale Agreement, closing is to occur on or before September 30, 2017. NCC has an option to extend the closing date until December 31, 2017 for an extension fee in the amount of $50,000. Furthermore, NCC has the right to terminate the Note Purchase and Sale Agreement upon the non-occurrence of certain specified events. | |
● | Effective July 1, 2016, the Company re-structured its investment in Performance Alloys, LLC (“PALLC”) to provide PALLC with much needed liquidity. The Company and PALLC entered into Amendment No. 4 to Subordinated Note and Securities Purchase Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2016 (the “Fifth Amendment”), pursuant to which the Company reduced the outstanding principal balance owed from PALLC to the Company to $6,750,000, reduced the interest rate to 6%, and extended the maturity date to March 31, 2018 (subject to a PALLC’s conditional right to further extend the maturity date to March 31, 2019, which if so elected would result in an increase of the interest rate to 9%). In consideration for the principal reduction, the Company was granted an equity interest in PALLC, namely: one Class B Membership unit in PALLC, which entitles the Company to (a) certain net cash flow distributions from PALLC as follow: (i) of the first $16,101,881 of net cash flow distributions (the “Tranche 1 Net Cash Flow Distributions”), the Company shall be entitled to 29.18% of such Tranche 1 Net Cash Flow Distributions, and (ii) to the extent that any additional net cash flow distributions are made in excess of the Tranche 1 Net Cash Flow Distributions, the Company shall be entitled to 9.51% of such additional net cash flow distributions; and (b) certain liquidation event net proceeds from PALLC as follows: (i) of the first $18,092,001 of liquidity event net proceeds, less any Tranche 1 Net Cash Flow Distributions (the “Tranche 1 Liquidity Event Net Proceeds”), the Company shall be entitled to the lesser of (x) 25.97% of the Tranche 1 Liquidity Event Net Proceeds, or (y) $4,698,500 less any Tranche 1 Net Cash Flow Distributions previously made to the Company; and (ii) to the extent that there are liquidity event net proceeds in excess of the Tranche 1 Liquidity Event Net Proceeds, the Company shall be entitled to 8.46% of such excess liquidity event net proceeds. At closing of the Fourth Amendment, PALLC cured all defaults with the Company along with its first lienholder and tendered to the Company its August interest making this a performing note again for the Company. The Company also received an amendment fee in the amount of $33,750 with the Fourth Amendment. |
- 54 -
● | Effective June 29, 2016, the Company amended the terms and conditions of its revolving loan (the “RSG Revolver”) to Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. (“RSG Inc.”) for the purpose of extending the maturity date to June 29, 2017 to increase the maximum principal amount of the RSG Revolver to $1,276,000. | |
● | On September 12, 2016, the Company funded $75,000 on the RSG Revolver. | |
● | On September 20, 2016, the Company funded $150,000 on the RSG Revolver. | |
● | On October 21, 2016, the Company amended the revolving loan with RSG Inc. to increase the maximum principal amount to $1,416,000. | |
● | On October 21, 2016, the Company funded $140,000 on the RSG Revolver. | |
● | On November 18, 2016, the Company amended the revolving loan with RSG Inc. to increase the maximum principal amount to $1,491,000. | |
● | On November 18, 2016, the Company funded $30,000 on the RSG Revolver. | |
● | On December 1, 2016, the Company amended its Subordinated Note with Performance Alloys, LLC in order to facilitate a refinance of their first lienholder with a new bank. The Company agreed to extend its maturity date to May 30, 2020 and include an automatic increase in its interest rate to 9% on July 1, 2018. | |
● | On December 7, 2016, the Company funded $35,000 on the RSG Revolver. | |
● | Effective December 31, 2016, the Company sold its equity interests in Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. for the amount of $500,000 to Offisol Solutions LLC (“Offisol”). $50,000 in cash was received at closing and the remaining $450,000 is to be paid in four equal quarterly installments beginning on March 31, 2017 and ending on December 31, 2017, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Term Promissory Note, executed by Offisol and payable to the order of the Company (the “Term Note”). The Term Note is secured by a pledge of the stock of Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. that was sold by the Company to Offisol. The Company also amended its Senior Secured Subordinated Promissory Note (the “Advantis Note”) by reducing the principal balance to $4.5 million, forgiving any accrued interest under the Advantis Note, and forgiving all amounts owed under the three outstanding unsecured notes. The interest rate on the Advantis Note was reduced to 6% with an automatic increase to 12% on the second anniversary of the amendment. The maturity date was extended to November 30, 2021. The Company also received a Warrant for a 5% common equity interest in the company. | |
● | On March 22, 2018, the Company made a loan to Dominion Medical Management, Inc. (“Dominion”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Integrated Medical Partners, LLC, in the amount of $600,000 for working capital needs and amended, restated and consolidated the two prior notes. The new consolidated note has a principal balance of $1,085,256 and will accrue and pay interest only on a quarterly basis at an annual rate of 18.0%. Dominion has the option to defer 6.0% of the annual rate of interest which will compound quarterly on the payment date. The maturity date of the new note is March 1, 2019. |
- 55 -
Asset Quality
In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, Princeton Advisory Group uses an investment rating system to characterize and monitor the quality of our debt investment portfolio. Equity securities and Treasury Bills are not graded. This debt investment rating system uses a five-level numeric scale. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:
Investment Rating | Summary Description | |
1 | Investments that are performing above expectations, and whose risks remain favorable compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment. | |
2 | Investments that are performing within expectations and whose risks remain neutral compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment. All new loans will initially be rated 2. | |
3 | Investments that are performing below expectations and that require closer monitoring, but where no loss of return or principal is expected. Portfolio companies with a rating of 3 may be out of compliance with financial covenants. | |
4 | Investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are often in work out. Investments with a rating of 4 will be those for which some loss of return but no loss of principal is expected. | |
5 | Investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are almost always in work out. Investments with a rating of 5 are those for which some loss of return and principal is expected. |
The following table shows the investment rankings of our debt investments at fair value as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:
As of December 31, 2016 | As of December 31, 2015 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment Rating | Fair Value | % of Total Portfolio | Number of Portfolio Companies | Fair Value | % of Total Portfolio | Number of Portfolio Companies | ||||||||||||||||||
1 | $ | — | — | — | $ | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
2 | 13,281,000 | 13.5 | % | 2 | 7,215,535 | 14.8 | % | 1 | ||||||||||||||||
3 | 4,500,000 | 4.6 | % | 1 | 6,324,000 | 13.0 | % | 1 | ||||||||||||||||
4 | 10,047,183 | 10.3 | % | 3 | 24,283,416 | 49.9 | % | 5 | ||||||||||||||||
5 | 6,000,000 | 6.1 | % | 1 | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||
$ | 33,828,183 | 34.5 | % | 7 | $ | 37,822,951 | 77.7 | % | 7 |
Loans and Debt Securities on Non-Accrual Status
We will not accrue interest on loans and debt securities if we have reason to doubt our ability to collect such interest. As of December 31, 2016, we had 5 loans on non-accrual status and as of December 31, 2015, we had 6 loans on non-accrual status.
Results of Operations
An important measure of our financial performance is net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations, which includes net investment income (loss), net realized gain (loss) and net change in unrealized gain (loss). Net investment income (loss) is the difference between our income from interest, dividends, fees and other investment income and our operating expenses including interest on borrowed funds. Net realized gain (loss) on investments is the difference between the proceeds received from dispositions of portfolio investments and their amortized cost. Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments is the net change in the fair value of our investment portfolio.
Revenues
We generate revenue in the form of interest income on debt investments and capital gains and distributions, if any, on investment securities that we may acquire in portfolio companies. Our debt investments typically have a term of five to seven years and bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. Interest on our debt securities is generally payable quarterly. Payments of principal on our debt investments may be amortized over the stated term of the investment, deferred for several years or due entirely at maturity. In some cases, our debt investments may pay interest in-kind, or PIK. Any outstanding principal amount of our debt securities and any accrued but unpaid interest will generally become due at the maturity date. The level of interest income we receive is directly related to the balance of interest-bearing investments multiplied by the weighted average yield of our investments. We expect that the dollar amount of interest and any dividend income that we earn to increase as the size of our investment portfolio increases. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of prepayment fees, commitment, loan origination, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and possibly consulting fees. These fees will be reorganized as they are earned.
- 56 -
Expenses
Our primary operating expenses include the payment of fees to Princeton Advisory Group (and to Princeton Investment Advisors for the period prior to June 9, 2016) and our allocable portion of overhead expenses under the investment advisory agreements and other operating costs described below. We bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, which may include:
● | organizational and offering expenses; | |
● | expenses incurred in valuing the Company’s assets and computing its net asset value per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); | |
● | subject to the guidelines approved by the Board of Directors, expenses incurred by Princeton Advisory Group that are payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Company and in monitoring the Company’s investments and performing due diligence on the Company’s prospective portfolio companies or otherwise related to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments; | |
● | interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance the Company’s investments and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts; | |
● | offerings of the Company’s common stock and other securities; | |
● | administration fees; | |
● | transfer agent and custody fees and expenses; | |
● | U.S. federal and state registration fees of the Company (but not Princeton Advisory Group); | |
● | all costs of registration and listing the Company’s shares on any securities exchange; | |
● | U.S. federal, state and local taxes; | |
● | independent directors’ fees and expenses; | |
● | costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required of the Company (but not Princeton Advisory Group) by the SEC or other regulators; | |
● | costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs; | |
● | the costs associated with individual or group stockholders; | |
● | the Company’s allocable portion of the fidelity bond, directors’ and officers’/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; | |
● | direct costs and expenses of administration and operation of the Company, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs; | |
● | and all other non-investment advisory expenses incurred by the Company in connection with administering the Company’s business. |
- 57 -
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014
Year Ended December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended December 31, 2015 |
Year Ended December 31, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
Per Share (1) |
Total |
Per Share (1) |
Total |
Per Share (1) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Investment income | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income (2) | $ | 1,489,207 | $ | 0.012 | $ | 3,075,642 | $ | 0.032 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||||
Dividend income | 740,741 | 0.007 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Other income | 56,386 | 0.000 | 18,908 | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Total investment income | 2,286,334 | 0.019 | 3,094,550 | 0.032 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Management fees | 641,374 | 0.005 | 656,479 | 0.007 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Administration fees | 396,316 | 0.003 | 439,695 | 0.005 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Professional fees | 925,123 | 0.008 | 2,497,435 | 0.025 | 162,610 | 0.045 | ||||||||||||||||||
Valuation fees | 283,020 | 0.002 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Compliance fees | 1,904 | 0.000 | 238,102 | 0.002 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Directors’ fees | 184,871 | 0.002 | 87,043 | 0.001 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Accounting fees – related party | - | - | 16,170 | 0.000 | 74,900 | 0.021 | ||||||||||||||||||
Bank fees | 25 | 0.000 | 2,050 | 0.000 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Insurance expense | 113,698 | 0.001 | 78,045 | 0.001 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense | 83,200 | 0.001 | 4,685 | 0.000 | 250 | 0.000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other general and administrative expenses | 113,775 | 0.001 | 301,288 | 0.003 | 24,206 | 0.006 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses | 2,743,306 | 0.023 | 4,320,992 | 0.044 | 261,966 | 0.072 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net investment income (loss) before tax | (456,972 | ) | (0.004 | ) | (1,226,442 | ) | (0.013 | ) | (261,966 | ) | (0.072 | ) | ||||||||||||
Income tax expense | 41,123 | 0.000 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Net investment income (loss) after tax | (498,095 | ) | (0.004 | ) | (1,226,442 | ) | (0.013 | ) | (261,966 | ) | (0.072 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) | (2,280,862 | ) | (0.019 | ) | (7,857,104 | ) | (0.081 | ) | (651,162 | ) | (0.179 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net realized gain (loss) | (1,461,887 | ) | (0.012 | ) | 235,510 | 0.002 | 349,657 | 0.096 |
(1) | The basic per share figures noted above are based on a weighted average of 120,486,061, 120,486,061 and 3,633,067 shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, except where such amounts need to be adjusted to be consistent with what is disclosed in the financial highlights of our financial statements. |
(2) | Interest income includes PIK interest of $473,818, $983,691, and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. |
Operating Expenses
Total operating expenses decreased from $4,320,992 for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $2,743,306 for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease is primarily due to a decrease in professional fees for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Total operating expenses per share decreased from $0.044 per share for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $0.023 per share for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Total operating expenses increased from $261,966 for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $4,320,992 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase is due to legal and accounting fees of $935,161 related to the acquisition transaction which is included in professional fees. Additionally, the Company pays management fees to the Investment Adviser and administration fees to the Administrator. This increase is also due to the legal fees incurred related to the lawsuit captioned Capital Link Fund I, LLC, et al. v. Capital Point Management, LP, et al. as disclosed in Note 9 to the financial statements.
Total operating expenses per share decreased from $0.072 per share for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $0.044 for the year ended December 31, 2015.
Net Investment Income (Loss)
Net investment income (loss) (after tax) decreased from a loss of $(1,226,442) for the year ended December 31, 2015 to a loss of $(498,095) for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease in a loss was primarily due to an increase in dividend income received from portfolio investments and a decrease in professional fees for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Net investment income (loss) (after tax) per share decreased from a loss of $(0.013) per share for the year ended December 31, 2015 to a loss of $(0.004) per share for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Net investment income (loss) increased from a loss of ($261,966) for the year ended December 31, 2014 to a loss of ($1,226,442) for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily due to legal and accounting fees for $935,161 related to the acquisition transaction which is included in professional fees. This was offset by an increase in interest income from our portfolio companies due to our expanding investment portfolio.
- 58 -
Net investment income (loss) per share decreased from a loss of ($0.072) per share for the year ended December 31, 2014 to a loss of ($0.013) per share for the year ended December 31, 2015.
Net Realized Gain (Loss)
We measure realized gains (losses) by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, using the specific identification method, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized.
For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recognized $(1,461,887) of realized loss primarily in connection with the restructuring of the investment in Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. as well as a loss in connection with the expiration of the Neuralstem, Inc. warrant.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recognized $235,510 of realized gain primarily in connection with a gain of $246,388 on the sale of the common stock in Neuralstem, Inc.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized $349,657 of realized gain primarily in connection with a gain on the sale of common stock in Neuralstem, Inc.
Net Change in Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) primarily reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including the reversal of previously recorded appreciation or depreciation when gains or losses are realized.
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments totaled a loss of $(2,280,862) for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily in connection with a loss of $(4,499,519) on the membership interest – Class B units in Performance Alloys, Inc. due to restructuring and a loss of $(2,076,000) on the second lien loan to Lone Star Brewery Development, Inc. and offset by a gain of $2,539,275 on the second lien loan to Performance Alloys, Inc and a gain of $1,904,324 on the investments held in Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc., prior to the restructuring.
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments totaled ($7,857,104) for the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily in connection with a loss of ($2,675,590) on the second lien loan to Performance Alloys, Inc., a loss of ($1,849,276) on the second lien loan to Advantis Certified Staffed Solutions, Inc. and a loss of ($1,865,498) on the membership interest – Class A units in Integrated Medical Partners, LLC.
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments totaled a loss of ($651,162) for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily in connection with the sale of Neuralstem, Inc. common stock and a decrease in valuation of the Neuralstem, Inc. warrant.
Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
We intend to continue to generate cash from future offerings of securities and cash flows from operations, including earnings on investments in our portfolio and future investments, as well as interest earned from the temporary investment of cash in U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. We may, if permitted by regulation, seek various forms of leverage and borrow funds to make investments.
As of December 31, 2016, we had $9,942 in cash, and our net assets totaled $43,985,319. We believe that our anticipated cash flows from operations will be adequate to meet our cash needs for our daily operations for at least the next 12 months.
Contractual Obligations
As of December 31, 2016, we did not have any contractual obligations that would trigger the tabular disclosure of contractual obligations under Section 303(a)(5) of Regulation S-K.
On January 18, 2016, the Board of Directors of the Company conditionally approved the New Investment Advisory Agreement between the Company and Princeton Advisory Group, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the “New Investment Advisory Agreement”), subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders at the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. On June 9, 2016, the Company’s stockholders approved the New Investment Advisory Agreement. The effective date of the New Investment Advisory Agreement was June 9, 2016. The Board of Directors of the Company previously approved the termination of the investment advisory agreement between the Company and Princeton Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement”), such termination becoming effective on June 9, 2016, the date the New Investment Advisory Agreement was approved and adopted by the stockholders of the Company. The administrative services of the Company are also provided by Princeton Advisory Group. Inc. and subject to reimbursement of administrative related expenses under the New Investment Advisory Agreement.
- 59 -
We have entered into one contract under which we have material future commitments, the New Investment Advisory Agreement, pursuant to which the Princeton Advisory Group serves as our investment adviser. Payments under the New Investment Advisory Agreement in future periods will be equal to a percentage of the value of our net assets.
The New Investment Advisory Agreement is terminable by either party without penalty upon written notice by the Company or 60 days’ written notice by Princeton Advisory Group. If this agreement is terminated, the costs we incur under a new agreement may increase. In addition, we will likely incur significant time and expense in locating alternative parties to provide the services we expect to receive under our New Investment Advisory Agreement. Any new investment advisory agreement would also be subject to approval by our stockholders.
Distributions
In order to qualify as a RIC and to avoid U.S. federal corporate level income tax on the income we distribute to our stockholders, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and our net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. Additionally, we must distribute an amount at least equal to the sum of 98% of our net ordinary income (during the calendar year) plus 98.2% of our net capital gain income (during each 12-month period ending on October 31) plus any net ordinary income and capital gain net income for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax to avoid a U.S. federal excise tax. To the extent that we have income available, we intend to make quarterly distributions to our stockholders. Our stockholder distributions, if any, will be determined by our board of directors on a quarterly basis. Any distribution to our stockholders will be declared out of assets legally available for distribution. As of the date of this filing, we do not believe it is likely that the Company will meet the requirements to qualify as a RIC for the 2017 tax year.
We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of our distributions from time to time. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions due to the asset coverage requirements applicable to us as a BDC under the 1940 Act. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we could suffer adverse tax consequences, including the possible loss of any qualification as a RIC. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions.
To the extent our taxable earnings fall below the total amount of our distributions for that fiscal year, a portion of those distributions may be deemed a return of capital to our stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the source of a distribution to our stockholders may be the original capital invested by the stockholder rather than our income or gains. Stockholders should read any written disclosure accompanying any stockholder distribution carefully and should not assume that the source of any distribution is our ordinary income or capital gains.
We have adopted an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a distribution, the stockholders’ cash distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless a stockholder specifically “opts out” of our dividend reinvestment plan. If a stockholder opts out, that stockholder will receive cash distributions. Although distributions paid in the form of additional shares of our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes in the same manner as cash distributions, stockholders participating in our dividend reinvestment plan will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any such applicable taxes.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
Related Party Transactions
Management Fees
Management fees under the New Investment Advisory Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $275,569. Management fees under the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $365,805. As of December 31, 2016, management fees of $194,224 and $341,559 were payable to Princeton Advisory Group and Princeton Investment Advisors, respectively. Management fees for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $656,479.
- 60 -
Incentive Fees
There were no incentive fees earned by Princeton Investment Advisors for the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.
There were no incentive fees earned by Princeton Advisory Group for the year ended December 31, 2016 as the New Investment Advisory Agreement does not provide for an incentive fee.
Other Related Party Transactions
Gregory J. Cannella served as the Chief Financial Officer of Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. (“RSG”), one of the Company’s portfolio companies, until September 24, 2015. He had a stock option agreement with RSG, granted on January 28, 2013, with the right to earn up to 103.8961 shares or approximately 8% of RSG. This stock option agreement was canceled on May 12, 2015 with no consideration coming from RSG or the Company.
In May 2015, RSG created a wholly owned subsidiary, Southwest Hospitality Group, LLC (“SHG”), for the purpose of entering into franchise agreement with a new restaurant group. In July 2015, SHG was transferred to Sivco, Inc. and then signed a franchise agreement with this new restaurant group. Sivco, Inc. is majority owned and controlled by Alfred Jackson, a former director of the Company and minority-owned by Munish Sood, a Director, President, and CEO of the Company.
On March 30, 2016, the Company, as Borrower, entered into a Term Loan in the amount of $1,500,000 with Sema4, Inc. and Princeton Advisory Group, Inc., as Lenders in order to purchase certain assets to qualify as a RIC. Sema4, Inc. committed $1,000,000 and Princeton Advisory Group, Inc. committed $500,000. The loan was repaid in full with interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum on April 8, 2016. Sema4, Inc. is the general partner of CPP and CPPII, which own approximately 87% and 9% of our common stock, respectively. Princeton Advisory Group, Inc. is wholly owned by Munish Sood, a Director, President, and CEO of the Company.
As disclosed in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 30, 2016, on June 28, 2016, the Company, as Borrower, entered into a Term Loan in the amount of $390,000 with Munish Sood, as Lender, in order to purchase certain assets to qualify as a RIC. Mr. Sood is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President, and a director of the Company. The board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent, authorized and approved that the Company enter into the Loan Agreement. The loan was repaid in full with interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum on July 11, 2016.
As disclosed in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 16, 2016, on September 12, 2016, the Company, as a Borrower, entered into a Term Loan in the amount of $225,000 with Munish Sood, as Lender, in order to fund capital to one of its portfolio companies, Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. Mr. Sood is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of the Company. The board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent, authorized and approved that the Company enter into the Loan Agreement. The loan will bear interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum and matures on December 12, 2016. As disclosed in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 27, 2016, on October 21, 2016, Munish Sood lent an additional $140,000 under this Term Loan. On March 29, 2017, Munish Sood, in order to purchase certain assets to qualify as a RIC, lent an additional $450,000 under this Term Loan and extended the maturity date to June 30, 2017. On April 10, 2017, the Company made a principal and interest payment totaling $450,984 on this Term Loan. The loan was repaid in full with interest on July 17, 2017.
As disclosed in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 5, 2016, on September 29, 2016 the Company, as Borrower, entered into a Term Loan in the amount of $470,000 with Munish Sood, as Lender, in order to purchase certain assets to qualify as a RIC. Mr. Sood is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President, and a director of the Company. The board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent, authorized and approved that the Company enter into the Loan Agreement. The loan was repaid in full with interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum on October 7, 2016.
- 61 -
On June 28, 2017, Munish Sood made a non-interest bearing short term loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc., one of the Company’s portfolio companies, in the amount of $89,225 for a short term working capital need. The loan was repaid without interest on July 5, 2017.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 of the financial statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements, if any, including the expected dates of adoption and the anticipated impact on the financial statements.
Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. In addition to the discussion below, our significant accounting policies are further described in the notes to the financial statements.
Valuation of Portfolio Investments
As a BDC, we generally invest in illiquid loans and securities including debt and equity securities of middle-market companies. Under procedures established by our board of directors, we value investments for which market quotations are readily available at such market quotations. We obtain these market values from an independent pricing service or at the mean between the bid and ask prices obtained from at least two brokers or dealers (if available, otherwise by a principal market maker or a primary market dealer). Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. Such determination of fair values may involve subjective judgments and estimates, although we engage independent valuation providers to review the valuation of each portfolio investment that does not have a readily available market quotation at least twice annually. Investments purchased within 60 days of maturity are valued at cost plus accreted discount, or minus amortized premium, which approximate fair value. With respect to unquoted securities, our board of directors, together with our independent valuation advisors, values each investment considering, among other measures, discounted cash flow models, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public and other factors.
When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, our board of directors uses the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate and/or assist us in our valuation. Because there is not a readily available market for substantially all of the investments in our portfolio, we value our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors using a documented valuation policy and a consistently applied valuation process. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.
With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:
● | Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by an independent valuation firm, except for those investments where market quotations are readily available; | |
● | Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our senior management, Princeton Advisory Group and our auditors; | |
● | The valuation committee of our board of directors then reviews these preliminary valuations and approves them for recommendation to the board of directors; | |
● | The board of directors then discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of Princeton Advisory Group, the independent valuation firm and the valuation committee. |
- 62 -
Revenue Recognition
Realized gain (loss) on the sale of investments is the difference between the proceeds received from dispositions of portfolio investments and their stated costs. Realized gains or losses on the sale of investments are calculated using the specific identification method.
Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts. For loans and debt securities with contractual PIK interest, which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the loan balance that generally becomes due at maturity, we do not accrue PIK interest if the portfolio company valuation indicates that such PIK interest is not collectible. Generally, we will not accrue interest on loans and debt securities if we have reason to doubt our ability to collect such interest. Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount or premium are capitalized, and we then accrete or amortize such amounts using the effective interest method as interest income. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any unamortized loan origination is recorded as interest income. We record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income.
Dividend income, if any, will be recognized on the ex-dividend date.
Generally, when a payment default occurs on a loan in the portfolio, or if the Company otherwise believes that borrower will not be able to make contractual interest payments, the Company may place the loan on non-accrual status and cease recognizing interest income on the loan until all principal and interest is current through payment, or until a restructuring occurs, and the interest income is deemed to be collectible. The Company may make exceptions to this policy if a loan has sufficient collateral value, is in the process of collection or is viewed to be able to pay all amounts due if the loan were to be collected on through an investment in or sale of the business, the sale of the assets of the business, or some portion or combination thereof.
Recent Developments
Portfolio Activity
● | On January 18, 2017, the Company amended the RSG Revolver to increase the maximum principal amount to $1,621,000. |
● | On January 18, 2017, the Company funded $140,000 on the RSG Revolver. |
● | On February 6, 2017, the Company assigned its notes, liens and security interests in its investment in South Boots Hill, LLC to a wholly owned subsidiary, PCC SBH SUB, Inc. (“PCC SBH”). On February 7, 2017, PCC SBH foreclosed on the real estate collateral assets and other personal property assets of South Boots Hill, LLC. |
● | On February 15, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to PCC SBH in the amount of $20,000 for working capital needs. This bridge loan will bear an annual interest rate of 12% with all interest and principal due on maturity of February 15, 2018. |
● | On June 1, 2017, the Company issued notices of default on the Advantis Note and the associated Term Note for payment default. After giving 30 days to cure all defaults, the Company exercised its rights under the corresponding Stock Pledge Agreement to initiate transfer of the pledged stock certificates and warrants into the Company’s name on July 3, 2017. |
● | On June 30, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $89,225 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% with all interest and principal due on maturity of October 31, 2017. |
● | On July 12, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $69,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% with all interest and principal due on maturity of December 31, 2017. |
● | On July 14, 2017, the Company received distributions from the sale of its investment in Spencer Enterprise Holdings, LLC (“Spencer”) in the amount of $5,895,860. The Company is also entitled to an additional $203,286 of proceeds held in escrow should they not be used. This is a full exit of the Company’s investment in Spencer. |
● | On July 26, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $125,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% with all interest and principal due on maturity of December 31, 2017. |
● | On August 11, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $30,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% with all interest and principal due on maturity of December 31, 2017. |
- 63 -
● | On or about August 18, 2017, the Company participated in a $5 million revolving loan (the “Revolver”) from Capital Foundry Funding, LLC, an investment bank headquartered in Pittsburgh, PA, to ECM Energy Services, Inc. (“ECM”) headquartered in Waynesburg, PA. The Company’s participation interest is in the amount of $1 million for a term of 18 months with minimum annual rate of return of 12.0%. The Company’s $1 million participation interest in the Revolver, and the collateral securing same, is subordinate to the payment and performance of the $4 million first-position interest. ECM is an energy services company focused on natural gas and oil trucking and water logistics within the United States. |
● | On September 11, 2017, the Company amended the unsecured loan to Dominion Medical Management, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Integrated Medical Partners, LLC and funded an additional $175,000 under the loan. The new note will accrue and pay interest quarterly at an annual rate of 6.0% and have a second lien security interest in the assets of the company. The maturity date was extended to September 30, 2019. |
● | On September 27, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $200,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% with all interest and principal due on maturity of December 31, 2017. |
● | By September 30, 2017, the Company did not receive an extension of nor the purchase price amount agreed upon in the Note Purchase and Sale Agreement (“NPSA”) with NCC Financial, LLC (“NCC”) related to a senior secured promissory note issued to the Company by Lone Star Brewery Development, Inc. The NPSA is effectively terminated. |
● | On October 25, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $45,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% with all interest and principal due on maturity of December 31, 2017. |
● | On November 20, 2017, the Company made a short term loan to Dominion Medical Management, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Integrated Medical Partners, LLC in the amount of $100,000 for working capital needs. The note will accrue and pay interest and equal principal payments on a monthly basis at an annual rate of 6.0% and have a second lien security interest in the assets of the company. The maturity date is May 20, 2018. |
● | On January 1, 2018, the Company consolidated the prior bridge loans to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. into one note in the amount of $813,224.87. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% paid quarterly with a maturity of December 31, 2018. |
● | On January 25, 2018, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $90,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% paid quarterly with a maturity of December 31, 2018. |
● | On February 13, 2018, the Company entered into a Forbearance Letter Agreement (the “Forbearance”) with Lone Star Brewery Development, Inc. for a maximum period of two years. During this period, the Company agreed to forbear from exercising and enforcing certain rights and remedies which the Company is entitled to and to accept a payoff equal to $7,500,000 plus 25% of the net sales proceeds/value of the property if by December 31, 2018 or $8,000,000 plus 25% of the net sales proceeds/value if on or after January 1, 2019. In return, Lone Star Brewery Development, Inc. refinanced out the first lien holder with a new lender in the amount of $11,000,000, put $3,248,000 into the project and paid the Company a forbearance fee at closing of $50,000. In connection with this Forbearance, the Company made a partial release of lien on an approximate three acre tract of land to a lender with a lien that was senior to the Company’s lien. |
● | On February 20, 2018, the Company amended the RSG Revolver to increase the maximum principal amount to $1,821,000 for restaurant improvements and enhancements. In connection with this amendment, Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. agreed to make the RSG Revolver a performing loan on a quarter basis with payments resuming on March 31, 2018. |
● | On February 26, 2018, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $150,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 8% with all interest and principal due on maturity of December 31, 2018. |
● | On March 22, 2018, the Company made a loan to Dominion Medical Management, Inc. (“Dominion”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Integrated Medical Partners, LLC, in the amount of $600,000 for working capital needs and amended, restated and consolidated the two prior notes. The new consolidated note has a principal balance of $1,085,256 and will accrue and pay interest only on a quarterly basis at an annual rate of 18.0%. Dominion has the option to defer 6.0% of the annual rate of interest which will compound quarterly on the payment date. The maturity date of the new note is March 1, 2019. |
- 64 -
Resignation of Munish Sood as Director, Chief Executive Officer, and President
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 28, 2017, on September 27, 2017, Munish Sood, a member of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and the Company’s President, notified the Company of his resignation from his role as a director, as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and as the Company’s President, effective immediately. Mr. Sood did not resign pursuant to any disagreement with the Company.
In connection therewith, Mr. Sood also resigned as a director, officer, or manager, as applicable, of each of the Company’s portfolio companies on which he served, effective immediately.
Appointment of Mark S. DiSalvo as Interim Chief Executive Officer
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 28, 2017, on September 27, 2017, the Board, with Mr. DiSalvo abstaining, unanimously approved the appointment of Mark S. DiSalvo, currently a director of the Company, to serve as interim chief executive officer of the Company, effective as of that same date. Mr. DiSalvo will also continue to serve in his capacity as a director of the Company. There are no related party transactions involving Mr. DiSalvo that are reportable under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K.
Mr. DiSalvo will not receive any compensation from the Company at this time.
Investigation
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 28, 2017, on September 25, 2017, the United States of America filed Complaints against Munish Sood and others captioned U.S. v. Lamont Evans, et al. and U.S. v. James Gotto, et al. , in the Southern District of New York. At the time of the allegations, Mr. Sood was a member of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and the President of the Company. As previously disclosed, as a result of the allegations, Mr. Sood resigned from his positions as a director, Chief Executive Officer, and President, effective September 27, 2017. As a result of the allegations contained in the Complaints, also on September 27, 2017 and as previously disclosed, the Board authorized and directed its Audit Committee (which consists of the Board’s three independent board members) to conduct an independent investigation into whether such events impacted the Company, and the extent to which any officer or employee of the Company may have been involved, and whether any corporate funds may have been utilized in the conduct alleged.
Intent to Terminate Investment Advisory Agreement with Princeton Advisory Group
As set forth in the Company’s 8-K filed on January 24, 2018, the Audit Committee conducted an independent investigation into this matter with the assistance of outside advisors. The investigation concluded on January 24, 2018. The investigation uncovered (i) no evidence that the allegations contained in the Complaints impacted the Company (other than the resignation of Mr. Sood), (ii) no evidence that any officer or employee of the Company, other than (as has been alleged) Mr. Sood, had any involvement in the allegations contained in the Complaints, and (iii) no evidence that any corporate or portfolio company funds were utilized in the conduct alleged in the Complaints. In respect to Mr. Sood, the Audit Committee did not make any judgment regarding the criminal allegations made by the U.S. Attorney in its Complaints. As a result of this investigation, the Company, its Audit Committee, and its advisors have concluded that the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting are effective and do not recommend implementing any additional procedures or controls at this time.
Termination of Investment Advisory Agreement with Princeton Advisory Group and Entry into Interim Investment Advisory Agreement with House Hanover
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 28, 2017, on September 27, 2017, the Board determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company to terminate the New Investment Advisory Agreement between the Company and Princeton Advisory Group. The Board further determined that it would send a formal notice of termination to Princeton Advisory Group to take effect at such time as the Board could adopt a responsible transition plan to replace Princeton Advisory Group.
- 65 -
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2018, on December 27, 2017, the Board determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to terminate the New Investment Advisory Agreement and sent a formal Notice of Termination to Princeton Advisory Group notifying Princeton Advisory Group of its termination as the Company’s investment advisor, effective as of December 31, 2017 at 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time. Also on December 27, 2017, the Board approved (specifically in accordance with Rule 15a-4(b)(1)(ii) of the Investment Company Act and authorized the Company to enter into an Interim Investment Advisory Agreement between the Company and House Hanover, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“House Hanover”) (the “Interim Investment Advisory Agreement”), in accordance with Rule 15a-4 of the Investment Company Act. The effective date of the Interim Investment Advisory Agreement was January 1, 2018.
In accordance with Rule 15a-4(a)(2), the Interim Investment Advisory Agreement does not need to be approved by the Company’s stockholders and the duration of the interim contract may not be greater than 150 days following the date on which the New Investment Advisory Agreement terminates.
A summary of the Interim Investment Advisory Agreement was included in the Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2018 and the full text of the Interim Investment Advisory Agreement is attached as Exhibit 10.1 thereto and incorporated by reference therein.
Resignation of Joy Sheehan as Chief Compliance Officer
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2018, as of December 31, 2017, Joy Sheehan, the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer, notified the Company of her resignation as the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer, effective immediately. Ms. Sheehan did not resign pursuant to any disagreement with the Company.
Election of Florina Klingbaum as Chief Compliance Officer
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2018, on December 30, 2017, the Board, including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940), unanimously approved the election of Florina Klingbaum to serve as the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer, effective January 1, 2018. There are no related party transactions involving Ms. Klingbaum that are reportable under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K.
Pursuant to the Interim Investment Advisory Agreement, the Company is responsible for its allocable portion of Ms. Klingbaum’s compensation including, but not limited to, salaries and benefits while performing services to the Company.
Late Filings
As set forth in the Company’s Form 12b-25 filings on May 16, 2017, August 16, 2017, and November 15, 2017, the Company has not timely made its Form 10-Q filings for the periods ending March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, and September 30, 2017 due to its inability to do so without undue effort or expense.
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates may affect both our cost of funding and our interest income from portfolio investments and cash and cash equivalents. Our investment income will not be affected by changes in variable interest rates, including LIBOR as all of our outstanding loan portfolio bore interest as fixed rates as of December 31, 2016.
While management believes that our investment income will not be affected by changes in variable interest rates, it could be affected by the changes in the credit quality, size and composition of our portfolio, and other business developments that could affect the net increase or decrease in net assets resulting from operations. Accordingly, no assurances can be given that actual results would not differ materially from the results under this analysis.
- 66 -
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Index to Financial Statements
F- 1 |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Princeton Capital Corporation
We have audited the accompanying statements of assets and liabilities, including the schedule of investments, of Princeton Capital Corporation (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Princeton Capital Corporation as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations, changes in net assets, and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC | |
Whippany, New Jersey | |
April 5, 2018 |
F- 2 |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of
Regal One Corporation
St. Paul, Minnesota
We have audited the accompanying statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014. Regal One Corporation management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014 of Regal One Corporation in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Boulay PLLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 15, 2015
Boulay 7500 Flying Cloud Drive Suite 800 Minneapolis, MN 55344 (t) 952.893.9320 (f) 952.835.7296 BoulayGroup.com
Member of Prime Global, A Global Association of Independent Firms
F- 3 |
PRINCETON
CAPITAL CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
As of December 31, | ||||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
ASSETS | ||||||||
Control investments at fair value (cost of $16,486,985 and $22,000,463, respectively) | $ | 13,059,138 | $ | 17,249,671 | ||||
Affiliate investments at fair value (cost of $5,306,750 and $5,306,750, respectively) | 6,386,679 | 5,314,399 | ||||||
Non-control/non-affiliate investments at fair value (cost of $33,537,946 and $28,835,487, respectively) | 26,161,123 | 26,135,450 | ||||||
Investment in U.S. Treasury Bill (cost of $52,398,253 and $0, respectively) | 52,398,952 | - | ||||||
Total investments at fair value (cost of $107,729,934 and $56,142,700, respectively) | 98,005,892 | 48,699,520 | ||||||
Cash | 9,942 | 1,022,510 | ||||||
Restricted cash | 524,007 | - | ||||||
Due from portfolio companies | 172,959 | 84,418 | ||||||
Due from affiliates | 43,940 | 32,348 | ||||||
Note receivable | 500,000 | - | ||||||
Interest receivable | 233,906 | 131,367 | ||||||
Deferred tax asset | 319,516 | |||||||
Prepaid expenses | 9,602 | 48,311 | ||||||
Total assets | 99,819,764 | 50,018,474 | ||||||
LIABILITIES | ||||||||
Accrued management fees | 535,783 | 175,754 | ||||||
Accounts payable (Note 2) | 2,088,342 | 1,395,597 | ||||||
Term loan – related party | 365,000 | - | ||||||
Due to affiliates | 86,216 | 11,949 | ||||||
Dividends payable | - | 600 | ||||||
Short term payable for securities purchased | 52,398,253 | - | ||||||
Tax expense payable | 42,245 | - | ||||||
Deferred fee income | 24,107 | - | ||||||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities | 294,499 | 209,011 | ||||||
Total liabilities | 55,834,445 | 1,792,911 | ||||||
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9) | - | - | ||||||
Net assets | $ | 43,985,319 | $ | 48,225,563 | ||||
NET ASSETS | ||||||||
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (250,000,000 share authorized; 120,486,061 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015) | $ | 120,486 | $ | 120,486 | ||||
Paid-in capital | 64,868,884 | 64,868,284 | ||||||
Accumulated undistributed net realized gain (loss) | (1,226,377 | ) | 235,510 | |||||
Distributions in excess of net investment income | (10,053,632 | ) | (9,555,537 | ) | ||||
Accumulated unrealized gain (loss) on investments | (9,724,042 | ) | (7,443,180 | ) | ||||
Total net assets | $ | 43,985,319 | $ | 48,225,563 | ||||
Net asset value per share | $ | 0.365 | $ | 0.400 |
See notes to financial statements.
F- 4 |
PRINCETON
CAPITAL CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2016 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||
INVESTMENT INCOME | ||||||||||||
Interest income from non-control/non-affiliate investments | $ | 1,101,993 | $ | 2,550,788 | $ | - | ||||||
Interest income from control investments | 387,214 | 524,854 | - | |||||||||
Dividend income from affiliate investments | 740,741 | - | - | |||||||||
Other income from non-control/non-affiliate investments | 9,893 | 18,908 | - | |||||||||
Other income from affiliate investments | 46,304 | - | - | |||||||||
Other income from non-investment sources | 189 | - | - | |||||||||
Total investment income | 2,286,334 | 3,094,550 | - | |||||||||
OPERATING EXPENSES | ||||||||||||
Management fees | 641,374 | 656,479 | - | |||||||||
Administration fees | 396,316 | 439,695 | - | |||||||||
Professional fees (Note 2) | 925,123 | 2,497,435 | (1) | 162,610 | ||||||||
Valuation fees | 283,020 | - | - | |||||||||
Compliance fees | 1,904 | 238,102 | - | |||||||||
Directors’ fees | 184,871 | 87,043 | - | |||||||||
Accounting fees – related party | - | 16,170 | 74,900 | |||||||||
Bank fees | 25 | 2,050 | - | |||||||||
Insurance expense | 113,698 | 78,045 | - | |||||||||
Interest expense | 83,200 | 4,685 | 250 | |||||||||
Other general and administrative expenses | 113,775 | 301,288 | 24,206 | |||||||||
Total operating expenses | 2,743,306 | 4,320,992 | 261,966 | |||||||||
Net investment income (loss) before tax | (456,972 | ) | (1,226,442 | ) | (261,966 | ) | ||||||
Income tax expense | 41,123 | - | - | |||||||||
Net investment income (loss) after taxes | (498,095 | ) | (1,226,442 | ) | (261,966 | ) | ||||||
Net realized gain (loss) on: | ||||||||||||
Non-control/non-affiliate investments | 4,450,000 | 246,391 | 349,657 | |||||||||
Affiliate investments | - | - | - | |||||||||
Control investments | (5,911,887 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
US Treasury Bills | - | (533 | ) | - | ||||||||
Cash | - | (10,348 | ) | - | ||||||||
Net realized gain (loss) | (1,461,887 | ) | 235,510 | 349,657 | ||||||||
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments | (2,280,862 | ) | (7,857,104 | ) | (651,162 | ) | ||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments | (3,742,749 | ) | (7,621,594 | ) | (301,505 | ) | ||||||
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations | $ | (4,240,844 | ) | $ | (8,848,036 | ) | $ | (563,471 | ) | |||
Net investment income (loss) per share | ||||||||||||
Basic | $ | (0.004 | ) | $ | (0.013 | ) | $ | (0.072 | ) | |||
Diluted | $ | (0.004 | ) | $ | (0.013 | ) (2) | $ | (0.072 | ) (2) | |||
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per share | ||||||||||||
Basic | $ | (0.035 | ) | $ | (0.091 | ) | $ | (0.155 | ) | |||
Diluted | $ | (0.035 | ) | $ | (0.091 | ) (2) | $ | (0.155 | ) (2) | |||
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding | ||||||||||||
Basic | 120,486,061 | 97,402,398 | (3) | 3,633,067 | (3) | |||||||
Diluted | 120,486,061 | 98,375,001 | (3) | 13,633,067 | (3) |
(1) | Includes $935,161 of legal and accounting fees related to the transaction that occurred on March 13, 2015. See Note 1 of the Notes to Financial Statements. |
(2) | Includes Series B Preferred Shares convertible at 100 for 1 through March 12, 2015 but is excluded from the diluted calculation for net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per share for the year ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 due to it being anti-dilutive. Includes Series B Preferred Shares convertible at 100 for 1 through March 12, 2015 but is excluded from the diluted calculation for net investment income (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 due to it being anti-dilutive. |
(3) | Includes retroactive application of 2 for 1 stock split. |
See notes to financial statements.
F- 5 |
PRINCETON
CAPITAL CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2016 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations: | ||||||||||||
Net investment loss | $ | (498,095 | ) | $ | (1,226,442 | ) | $ | (261,966 | ) | |||
Net realized gain (loss) on investments | (1,461,887 | ) | 235,510 | 349,657 | ||||||||
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments | (2,280,862 | ) | (7,857,104 | ) | (651,162 | ) | ||||||
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations | (4,240,844 | ) | (8,848,036 | ) | (563,471 | ) | ||||||
Capital share transactions: | ||||||||||||
Unpaid dividend written off | 600 | - | - | |||||||||
Issued common stock | - | 56,611,577 | - | |||||||||
Net increase in net assets resulting from capital share transactions | 600 | 56,611,577 | - | |||||||||
Total increase (decrease) in net assets | (4,240,244 | ) | 47,763,541 | (563,471 | ) | |||||||
Net assets at beginning of year | 48,225,563 | 462,022 | 1,025,493 | |||||||||
Net assets at end of year | $ | 43,985,319 | $ | 48,225,563 | $ | 462,022 | ||||||
Capital share activity: | ||||||||||||
Common stock | ||||||||||||
Reverse stock split | - | (1,816,534 | ) | - | ||||||||
Conversion of Regal One Corporation common and preferred shares for Princeton Capital Corporation common shares | - | 3,185,201 | - | |||||||||
Issuance of common stock | - | 115,484,327 | (1) | - | ||||||||
Common stock outstanding at the beginning of year | 120,486,061 | 3,633,067 | 3,633,067 | |||||||||
Common stock outstanding at the end of year | 120,486,061 | 120,486,061 | 3,633,067 | |||||||||
Preferred stock - Series B | ||||||||||||
Conversion of Regal One Corporation common and preferred shares for Princeton Capital Corporation common shares | - | (100,000 | ) | - | ||||||||
Preferred stock outstanding at the beginning of year | - | 100,000 | 100,000 | |||||||||
Preferred stock outstanding at the end of year | - | - | 100,000 |
(1) | The shares issued were based on a pre-valuation presumed fair value of $60.9 million. |
See notes to financial statements.
F- 6 |
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2016 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: | ||||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations | $ | (4,240,844 | ) | $ | (8,848,036 | ) | $ | (563,471 | ) | |||
Adjustments to reconcile net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: | ||||||||||||
Purchases of investments in: | ||||||||||||
Portfolio investments | (743,211 | ) | (11,646,000 | ) | - | |||||||
U.S. Treasury Bills | (192,398,344 | ) | (97,005,333 | ) | - | |||||||
Proceeds from sales, repayments, or maturity of investments in: | ||||||||||||
Portfolio investments | 550,000 | 274,615 | 368,137 | |||||||||
U.S. Treasury Bills | 140,000,000 | 97,004,800 | - | |||||||||
Net change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments | 2,280,862 | 7,857,104 | 651,162 | |||||||||
Net realized (gain) loss on investments | 1,461,887 | (245,854 | ) | (349,657 | ) | |||||||
Increase in investments due to PIK | (473,818 | ) | (983,691 | ) | - | |||||||
Amortization of fixed income premium or discounts | 16,252 | 22,307 | - | |||||||||
Changes in other assets and liabilities: | ||||||||||||
Due from portfolio companies | (88,541 | ) | (84,418 | ) | - | |||||||
Due from affiliates | (11,592 | ) | (32,348 | ) | - | |||||||
Interest receivable | (102,539 | ) | (131,367 | ) | - | |||||||
Prepaid expenses | 38,709 | (48,311 | ) | - | ||||||||
Note receivable | (500,000 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
Deferred tax asset | (319,516 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
Accrued management fees | 360,029 | 175,754 | - | |||||||||
Accounts payable | 692,745 | 1,383,447 | (4,593 | ) | ||||||||
Accounts payable – related party | - | (18,500 | ) | (88,350 | ) | |||||||
Due to affiliates | 74,267 | 11,949 | - | |||||||||
Tax expense payable | 42,245 | - | - | |||||||||
Deferred fee income | 24,107 | - | - | |||||||||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities | 85,488 | 209,011 | - | |||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | (53,251,814 | ) | (12,104,871 | ) | 13,228 | |||||||
Cash flows from financing activities: | ||||||||||||
Officer loans and interest payable | - | - | (13,000 | ) | ||||||||
Short term payable for securities purchased | 52,398,253 | - | - | |||||||||
Term loan – related party | 365,000 | - | - | |||||||||
Net cash received from common shares issued | - | 13,104,382 | - | |||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | 52,763,253 | 13,104,382 | (13,000 | ) | ||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash | (488,561 | ) | 999,511 | 228 | ||||||||
Cash at beginning of year | 1,022,510 | 22,999 | 22,771 | |||||||||
Cash and restricted cash at end of year | $ | 533,949 | $ | 1,022,510 | $ | 22,999 | ||||||
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities: | ||||||||||||
Common stock issued in exchange for investments | $ | - | $ | 43,507,195 | $ | - | ||||||
Dividends payable to stockholders | $ | (600 | ) | $ | - | $ | - | |||||
Unpaid dividend written off | $ | 600 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
Dividends declared, but not yet paid | $ | - | $ | 600 | $ | - | ||||||
Transfer due to restructuring of investments in Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. | $ | - | $ | 3,250,850 | $ | - | ||||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow financing activities: | ||||||||||||
Interest expense paid | $ | 89,948 | $ | 26,992 | $ | 1,193 | ||||||
Income tax paid | $ | 302,265 | $ | - | $ | - |
See notes to financial statements.
F- 7 |
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS as of December 31, 2016
Investments | Headquarters / Industry | Principal Amount/ Shares/% Ownership | Amortized Cost | Fair Value (1) | % of Net Assets | |||||||||||||
Portfolio Investments (6) | ||||||||||||||||||
Control investments | ||||||||||||||||||
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. | Richardson, TX | |||||||||||||||||
First Lien Loan, 8% Cash, 6.0% PIK, due 3/31/2018 (2), (3), (5) | Casual Dining | $ | 6,352,944 | $ | 6,352,944 | $ | 6,549,261 | 14.89 | % | |||||||||
Revolving Loan, 8% Cash, due 6/29/2017 (2), (5), (7) | $ | 1,481,000 | 1,481,000 | 1,481,000 | 3.37 | % | ||||||||||||
Rockfish Holdings, LLC | ||||||||||||||||||
Warrant for Membership Interest, exercise price $0.001 per 1% membership interest, expires 7/28/2018 (5) | 10.000 | % | 414,960 | 102,826 | 0.23 | % | ||||||||||||
Membership Interest – Class A (5) | 99.997 | % | 3,734,636 | 925,407 | 2.10 | % | ||||||||||||
Total | 11,983,540 | 9,058,494 | 20.59 | % | ||||||||||||||
Dominion Medical Management, Inc. | Milwaukee, WI | |||||||||||||||||
Unsecured Loan, 2.0% cash, due 3/1/2018 (2), (5) | Medical Business | $ | 276,922 | 276,922 | 276,922 | 0.63 | % | |||||||||||
Integrated Medical Partners, LLC | Services | |||||||||||||||||
Preferred Membership, Class A units (5) | 800 | 4,196,937 | 3,337,779 | 7.59 | % | |||||||||||||
Preferred Membership, Class B units (5) | 760 | 29,586 | 365,884 | 0.83 | % | |||||||||||||
Common Units (5) | 14,082 | - | 20,059 | 0.05 | % | |||||||||||||
Total | 4,503,445 | 4,000,644 | 9.10 | % | ||||||||||||||
Total control investments | 16,486,985 | 13,059,138 | 29.69 | % | ||||||||||||||
Affiliate investments | ||||||||||||||||||
Spencer Enterprises Holdings, LLC | City of Industry, CA | |||||||||||||||||
Preferred Membership, Class AA units (5) | Home Furnishings | 500,000 | 2,391,001 | 2,705,363 | 6.15 | % | ||||||||||||
Preferred Membership, Class BB units (5) | Manufacturing | 500,000 | 2,915,749 | 3,681,316 | 8.37 | % | ||||||||||||
Total | 5,306,750 | 6,386,679 | 14.52 | % | ||||||||||||||
Total affiliate investments | 5,306,750 | 6,386,679 | 14.52 | % | ||||||||||||||
Non-control/non-affiliate investments | ||||||||||||||||||
Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. | Austin, TX | |||||||||||||||||
Second Lien Loan, 6.0% Cash, due 11/30/2021 | Staffing | $ | 4,500,000 | 4,500,000 | 4,500,000 | 10.23 | % | |||||||||||
Warrant for 700,000 Common Stock, exercise price $0.01 per share, expires 1/1/2027 (5) | 1 | - | 7,352 | 0.02 | % | |||||||||||||
Total | 4,500,000 | 4,507,352 | 10.25 | % | ||||||||||||||
Performance Alloys, LLC | Houston, TX | |||||||||||||||||
Second Lien Loan, 6.0% cash, due 3/31/2018 | Nickel Pipe, Fittings & Flanges | $ | 6,750,000 | 6,750,000 | 6,750,000 | 15.35 | % | |||||||||||
Membership Interest – Class B (5) | 25.97 | % | 5,131,090 | 631,571 | 1.43 | % | ||||||||||||
Total | 11,881,090 | 7,381,571 | 16.78 | % | ||||||||||||||
Lone Star Brewery Development, Inc. | San Marcos, TX | |||||||||||||||||
Second Lien Loan, 12.0% in cash, 2.0% PIK, due 4/10/2018 (2), (3), (5) | Real Estate Development | $ | 8,076,135 | 8,076,135 | 6,000,000 | 13.64 | % | |||||||||||
Great Value Storage, LLC | Austin, TX | |||||||||||||||||
First Lien Loan, 12.0% cash, 2.0% PIK, due 12/31/2018 (3) | Storage Company Property Management | $ | 6,530,972 | 6,554,040 | 6,531,000 | 14.85 | % | |||||||||||
South Boots Hill, LLC | San Marcos, TX | |||||||||||||||||
First Lien Loan, 12.0% cash, 2.0% PIK, due 3/31/2018 (2), (3), (5) | Energy Services | $ | 2,525,481 | 2,525,481 | 1,740,000 | 3.96 | % |
See notes to financial statements.
F- 8 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS as of December 31, 2016 (Continued)
Investments | Headquarters / Industry | Principal Amount/Shares/% Ownership | Amortized Cost | Fair Value (1) | % of Net Assets | |||||||||||||
Non-control/non-affiliate investments (continued) | ||||||||||||||||||
Rampart Detection Systems, Ltd. | British Columbia, Canada | |||||||||||||||||
Common Stock Shares (4) , ( 5) | Security | 600,000 | $ | 1,200 | $ | 1,200 | 0.00 | % | ||||||||||
Total non-control/non-affiliate investments | 33,537,946 | 26,161,123 | 59.48 | % | ||||||||||||||
Total Portfolio Investments | 55,331,681 | 45,606,940 | 103.69 | % | ||||||||||||||
United States Treasury | ||||||||||||||||||
U. S. Treasury Bill 0.0% 1/5/2017 | $ | 52,400,000 | 52,398,253 | 52,398,952 | 119.13 | % | ||||||||||||
Total Investments | $ | 107,729,934 | $ | 98,005,892 | 222.82 | % |
(1) | See Note 5 of the Notes to Financial Statements for a discussion of the methodologies used to value securities in the portfolio. |
(2) | Investment is on non-accrual status. |
(3) | Represents a payment-in-kind security (“PIK”). At the option of the issuer, interest can be paid in cash or cash and PIK. The percentage of PIK shown is the maximum PIK that can be elected by the portfolio company. |
(4) | The investment in Rampart Detection Systems, Ltd does not represent a “qualifying asset” under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act as the principal place of business is in British Columbia, Canada. As of December 31, 2016, less than 1% of the total fair value of investments represents non-qualifying assets. |
(5) | Investment is non-income producing as of December 31, 2016. |
(6) | Represents an illiquid investment. At December 31, 2016, 100% of the total fair value of portfolio investments are illiquid. |
(7) | On June 29, 2015, the Company entered into a revolving loan commitment with Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. As of December 31, 2016, $10,000 remains unfunded. |
See notes to financial statements.
F- 9 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS as of December 31, 2016 (Continued)
The following tables show the fair value of our portfolio of investments (excluding U.S. Treasury Bills) by geography and industry as of December 31, 2016.
December 31, 2016 | ||||||||
Geography | Investments at Fair Value | Percentage of Net Assets | ||||||
Canada | $ | 1,200 | 0.00 | % | ||||
United States | 45,605,740 | 103.69 | ||||||
Total | $ | 45,606,940 | 103.69 | % |
December 31, 2016 | ||||||||
Industry | Investments at Fair Value | Percentage of Net Assets | ||||||
Casual Dining | $ | 9,058,494 | 20.59 | % | ||||
Nickel Pipe, Fittings and Flanges | 7,381,571 | 16.78 | ||||||
Storage Company Property Management | 6,531,000 | 14.85 | ||||||
Home Furnishings Manufacturing | 6,386,679 | 14.52 | ||||||
Real Estate Development | 6,000,000 | 13.64 | ||||||
Staffing | 4,507,352 | 10.25 | ||||||
Medical Business Services | 4,000,644 | 9.10 | ||||||
Energy Services | 1,740,000 | 3.96 | ||||||
Security | 1,200 | 0.00 | ||||||
Total | $ | 45,606,940 | 103.69 | % |
See notes to financial statements.
F- 10 |
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS as of December 31, 2015
Investments | Headquarters / Industry | Principal Amount/Shares/% Ownership | Amortized Cost | Fair Value (1) | % of Net Assets | |||||||||||||
Portfolio Investments (7) | ||||||||||||||||||
Control investments | ||||||||||||||||||
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. | Richardson, TX | |||||||||||||||||
First Lien Loan, 8% Cash, 6.0% PIK, due 3/31/2018 (4) | Casual Dining | $ | 6,164,535 | $ | 6,164,535 | $ | 6,164,535 | 12.78 | % | |||||||||
Revolving Loan, 8% Cash, due 6/29/2017 (8) | $ | 1,051,000 | 1,051,000 | 1,051,000 | 2.18 | % | ||||||||||||
Rockfish Holdings, LLC | ||||||||||||||||||
Warrant for Membership Interest, exercise price $0.001 per 1% membership interest, expires 7/28/2018 (6) | 10.000 | % | 414,960 | 316,531 | 0.65 | % | ||||||||||||
Membership Interest – Class A (6) | 99.997 | % | 3,734,636 | 2,848,693 | 5.91 | % | ||||||||||||
Total | 11,365,131 | 10,380,759 | 21.52 | % | ||||||||||||||
Integrated Medical Partners, LLC | Milwaukee, WI | |||||||||||||||||
Unsecured Loan, 2.0% cash, due 3/1/2018 (3), (6) | Medical Business | $ | 276,922 | 276,922 | 276,922 | 0.57 | % | |||||||||||
Preferred Membership, Class A units (6) | Services | 800 | 4,196,937 | 2,331,439 | 4.83 | % | ||||||||||||
Preferred Membership, Class B units (6) | 760 | 29,586 | 32,923 | 0.08 | % | |||||||||||||
Common Units (6) | 14,082 | - | 65 | 0.00 | % | |||||||||||||
Total | 4,503,445 | 2,641,349 | 5.48 | % | ||||||||||||||
Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. (2) | Austin, TX | |||||||||||||||||
Second Lien Loan, 12.5% Cash, due 3/31/2018 (3), (6) | Staffing | $ | 6,435,000 | 5,954,270 | 4,104,994 | 8.51 | % | |||||||||||
Unsecured Loan, 5.0%, Cash due 3/31/2018 (3), (6) | $ | 95,000 | 95,000 | 95,000 | 0.20 | % | ||||||||||||
Warrant for 250,000 Common Stock Shares, exercise price $0.01 per share, expires 12/09/2017 (6) | 1 | 2,071 | 691 | 0.00 | % | |||||||||||||
Common Stock - Series A Shares (6) | 225,000 | 1,864 | 622 | 0.00 | % | |||||||||||||
Common Stock - Series B Shares (6) | 9,500,000 | 78,682 | 26,256 | 0.06 | % | |||||||||||||
Total | 6,131,887 | 4,227,563 | 8.77 | % | ||||||||||||||
Total control investments | 22,000,463 | 17,249,671 | 35.77 | % | ||||||||||||||
Affiliate investments | ||||||||||||||||||
Spencer Enterprises Holdings, LLC | City of Industry, CA | |||||||||||||||||
Preferred Membership, Class AA units (6) | Home Furnishings | 500,000 | 2,391,001 | 2,353,965 | 4.88 | % | ||||||||||||
Preferred Membership, Class BB units (6) | Manufacturing | 500,000 | 2,915,749 | 2,960,434 | 6.14 | % | ||||||||||||
Total | 5,306,750 | 5,314,399 | 11.02 | % | ||||||||||||||
Total affiliate investments | 5,306,750 | 5,314,399 | 11.02 | % | ||||||||||||||
Non-control/non-affiliate investments | ||||||||||||||||||
Performance Alloys, LLC | Houston, TX | |||||||||||||||||
Second Lien Loan, 12.0% cash, 2.0% PIK, due 3/31/2017 (3), (4) | Nickel Pipe, Fittings & Flanges | $ | 11,881,090 | 11,881,090 | 9,205,500 | 19.09 | % | |||||||||||
Lone Star Brewery Development, Inc. | San Marcos, TX | |||||||||||||||||
Second Lien Loan, 12.0% in cash, 2.0% PIK, due 4/10/2018 (3), (4) | Real Estate Development | $ | 8,076,135 | 8,076,135 | 8,076,000 | 16.75 | % | |||||||||||
Great Value Storage, LLC | Austin, TX | |||||||||||||||||
First Lien Loan, 12.0% cash, 2.0% PIK, due 12/31/2018 (4) | Storage Company Property Management | $ | 6,212,352 | 6,301,581 | 6,324,000 | 13.11 | % | |||||||||||
South Boots Hill, LLC | San Marcos, TX | |||||||||||||||||
First Lien Loan, 12.0% cash, 2.0% PIK, due 3/31/2018 (3),(4) | Energy Services | $ | 2,525,481 | 2,525,481 | 2,525,000 | 5.23 | % | |||||||||||
Neuralstem, Inc. | Germantown, MD | |||||||||||||||||
Warrant for 1,000,000 shares, exercise price $5.00 per share, expires 8/30/2016 (6) | Biotechnology | 1 | 50,000 | 3,750 | 0.01 | % |
See notes to financial statements.
F- 11 |
PRINCETON
CAPITAL CORPORATION
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS as of December 31, 2015 (Continued)
Investments | Headquarters / Industry | Principal Amount/Shares/% Ownership | Amortized Cost | Fair Value (1) | % of Net Assets | |||||||||||||
Non-control/non-affiliate investments (continued) | ||||||||||||||||||
Rampart Detection Systems, Ltd. | British Columbia, Canada | |||||||||||||||||
Common Stock Shares (5), (6) | Security | 600,000 | $ | 1,200 | $ | 1,200 | 0.00 | % | ||||||||||
Total non-control/non-affiliate investments | 28,835,487 | 26,135,450 | 54.19 | % | ||||||||||||||
Total portfolio investments | $ | 56,142,700 | $ | 48,699,520 | 100.98 | % |
(1) | See Note 5 of the Notes to Financial Statements for a discussion of the methodologies used to value securities in the portfolio. |
(2) | Formerly known as Advantis Healthcare Solutions, Inc. |
(3) | Investment is on non-accrual status. |
(4) | Represents a payment-in-kind security (“PIK”). At the option of the issuer, interest can be paid in cash or cash and PIK. The percentage of PIK shown is the maximum PIK that can be elected by the portfolio company. |
(5) | The investment in Rampart Detection Systems, Ltd does not represent a “qualifying asset” under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act as the principal place of business is in British Columbia, Canada. As of December 31, 2015, less than 1% of the total fair value of investments represents non-qualifying assets. |
(6) | Investment is non-income producing as of December 31, 2015. |
(7) | Represents an illiquid investment. At December 31, 2015, 100% of the total fair value of investments are illiquid. |
(8) | On June 29, 2015, the Company entered into a revolving loan commitment with Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. for $1,250,000. As of December 31, 2015, $199,000 remains unfunded. |
See notes to financial statements.
F- 12 |
PRINCETON
CAPITAL CORPORATION
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS as of December 31, 2015 (Continued)
The following tables show the fair value of our portfolio of investments by geography and industry as of December 31, 2015.
December 31, 2015 | ||||||||
Geography | Investments at Fair Value | Percentage of Net Assets | ||||||
Canada | $ | 1,200 | 0.00 | % | ||||
United States | 48,698,320 | 100.98 | ||||||
Total | $ | 48,699,520 | 100.98 | % |
December 31, 2015 | ||||||||
Industry | Investments at Fair Value | Percentage of Net Assets | ||||||
Casual Dining | $ | 10,380,759 | 21.52 | % | ||||
Nickel Pipe, Fittings and Flanges | 9,205,500 | 19.09 | ||||||
Real Estate Development | 8,076,000 | 16.75 | ||||||
Storage Company Property Management | 6,324,000 | 13.11 | ||||||
Home Furnishings Manufacturing | 5,314,399 | 11.02 | ||||||
Staffing | 4,227,563 | 8.77 | ||||||
Medical Business Services | 2,641,349 | 5.48 | ||||||
Energy Services | 2,525,000 | 5.23 | ||||||
Biotechnology | 3,750 | 0.01 | ||||||
Security | 1,200 | 0.00 | ||||||
Total | $ | 48,699,520 | 100.98 | % |
See notes to financial statements.
F- 13 |
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
NOTE 1 – NATURE OF OPERATIONS
References herein to “we”, “us” or “our” refer to Princeton Capital Corporation (the “Company” or “Princeton Capital”), unless the context specifically requires otherwise.
Princeton Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation, was incorporated under the general laws of the State of Maryland on July 25, 2013, with its principal office located in Princeton, New Jersey. We are a non-diversified, closed-end investment company that has filed an election to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”), under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). As a BDC, we expect to annually qualify and elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Company did not meet the requirements to qualify as a RIC for the 2016 tax year and expects to be taxed as a corporation under Subchapter C of the Code. We invest primarily in private small and lower middle-market companies through first lien loans, second lien loans, unsecured loans, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, often times with a corresponding equity investment. Our investment objective is to maximize the total return to our stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and related equity investments.
Prior to March 13, 2015, Princeton Capital’s predecessor operated under the name Regal One Corporation (“Regal One”). Regal One had been located in Scottsdale, Arizona, and was a Florida corporation initially incorporated in 1959 as Electro-Mechanical Services Inc. Since inception, Regal One had been involved in several industries. In 1998 Electro-Mechanical Services Inc. changed its name to Regal One Corporation.
On March 7, 2005, Regal One’s board of directors determined it was in the shareholders’ best interest to change the focus of its operations to providing financial consulting services through its network of advisors and professionals, and to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. On September 16, 2005, Regal One filed a Form N54A (Notification of Election by Business Development Companies) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), which transformed Regal One into a BDC in accordance with sections 55 through 65 of the 1940 Act. Regal One reported as an operating BDC from March 31, 2006 until March 13, 2015 and since March 13, 2015 (following the Reincorporation described below) Princeton Capital has reported as an operating BDC.
On July 9, 2014, Regal One acquired Princeton Capital as a wholly owned subsidiary. On July 14, 2014, Regal One, Princeton Capital, Capital Point Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“CPP”), and Capital Point Partners II, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“CPPII” and, together with CPP, the “Partnerships”), entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Regal One would acquire cash, equity and debt investments of the Partnerships in exchange for shares of common stock of Regal One. In addition to the customary conditions to closing the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, Regal One was required to (i) to effect a reverse stock split of Regal One’s outstanding common stock at a ratio of 1-for-2 (the “Reverse Stock Split”), (ii) reincorporate from Florida to Maryland by merging into Princeton Capital (the “Reincorporation”) and (iii) become an externally managed BDC by entering into an external investment advisory agreement with Princeton Investment Advisors, LLC, (“Princeton Investment Advisors”) a Delaware limited liability company.
On March 13, 2015, following the Reverse Stock Split and the Reincorporation, we completed our previously announced acquisition in the approximate amounts of $11.2 million in cash, $43.5 million in equity & debt investments, and $1.9 million in restricted cash escrow deposits of the Partnerships with an aggregate value of approximately $56.6 million and issued approximately 115.5 million shares of our common stock to the Partnerships. The shares issued were based on a pre-valuation presumed fair value of $60.9 million. We also entered into an investment advisory agreement with Princeton Investment Advisors, which subsequently was terminated by the Company’s Board of Directors on January 18, 2016, effective as of June 9, 2016.
On January 18, 2016, the Board of Directors of the Company conditionally approved the investment advisory agreement with Princeton Advisory Group, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (“Princeton Advisory Group”) (the “New Investment Advisory Agreement”), subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders at the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. At the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on June 9, 2016, the Company’s stockholders approved the New Investment Advisory Agreement, effective June 9, 2016. Since June 9, 2016, Princeton Advisory Group has acted as the Company’s investment advisor pursuant to the terms of the New Investment Advisory Agreement. The New Investment Advisory Agreement was terminated on December 31, 2017 as disclosed in Note 11.
F- 14 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
NOTE 2 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, (“U.S. GAAP”). In accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933 and Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company does not consolidate portfolio company investments. The accounting records of the Company are maintained in U.S. dollars. As an investment company, as defined by the 1940 Act, the Company follows investment company accounting and reporting guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946 – Financial Services - Investment Companies, which is U.S. GAAP.
The December 31, 2014 financial statements were reclassified in order to be consistent with the new format used for the December 31, 2016 financial statements.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets, creditworthiness of our portfolio companies and any other parameters used in determining these estimates could cause actual results to differ.
Portfolio Investment Classification
The Company classifies its investments in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, “Control Investments” are defined as investments in companies in which the Company owns more than 25% of the voting securities or maintains greater than 50% of the board representation. Under the 1940 Act, “Affiliated Investments” are defined as those non-control investments in companies in which the Company owns between 5% and 25% of the voting securities. Under the 1940 Act, “Non-affiliated Investments” are defined as investments that are neither Control Investments nor Affiliated Investments. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had control investments in Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc., Rockfish Holdings, LLC and Integrated Medical Partners, LLC and affiliated investments in Spencer Enterprises Holdings, LLC, as defined under the 1940 Act. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had control investments in Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc., Rockfish Holdings, LLC, Integrated Medical Partners, LLC and Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. and affiliated investments in Spencer Enterprises Holdings, LLC, as defined under the 1940 Act.
Investments are recognized when we assume an obligation to acquire a financial instrument and assume the risks for gains or losses related to that instrument. Investments are derecognized when we assume an obligation to sell a financial instrument and forgo the risks for gains and losses related to that instrument. Specifically, we record all security transactions on a trade date basis. Investments in other non-security financial instruments, such as limited partnerships or private companies, are recorded on the basis of subscription date or redemption date, as applicable. Amounts for investments recognized or derecognized but not yet settled are reported as receivables for investments sold or payable for investments acquired, respectively, in the Statements of Assets and Liabilities.
F- 15 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Valuation of Investments
In accordance with U.S. GAAP, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
In determining fair value, our board of directors uses various valuation approaches. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for inputs and is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available.
Observable inputs are those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the board of directors. Unobservable inputs reflect our board of director’s assumptions about the inputs market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.
With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:
● | Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by an independent valuation firm, except for those investments where market quotations are readily available; |
● | Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our senior management and our investment advisor (our investment advisor, as disclosed in various public filings and elsewhere in this Form 10-K, changed on June 9, 2016 from Princeton Investment Advisors to Princeton Advisory Group as disclosed in Note 1); |
● | The valuation committee of our board of directors then reviews these preliminary valuations and approves them for recommendation to the board of directors; |
● | The board of directors then discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of our investment advisor (our investment advisor, as disclosed in various public filings and elsewhere in this Form 10-K, changed on June 9, 2016 from Princeton Investment Advisors to Princeton Advisory Group as disclosed in Note 1), the independent valuation firm and the valuation committee. |
U.S. GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value that includes a hierarchy used to classify the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels. The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
Level 1 — Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 securities. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these securities does not entail a significant degree of judgment.
Level 2 — Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.
The availability of valuation techniques and observable inputs can vary from security to security and is affected by a wide variety of factors including, the type of security, whether the security is new and not yet established in the marketplace, and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Those estimated values do not necessarily represent the amounts that may be ultimately realized due to the occurrence of future circumstances that cannot be reasonably determined. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, those estimated values may be materially higher or lower than the values that would have been used had a ready market for the securities existed. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the board of directors in determining fair value is greatest for securities categorized in Level 3. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
F- 16 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many securities. This condition could cause a security to be reclassified to a lower level within the fair value hierarchy.
Valuation Processes
The Company establishes valuation processes and procedures to ensure that the valuation techniques for investments that are categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are fair, consistent, and verifiable. The Company’s board of directors designates a Valuation Committee (the “Committee”) to oversee the entire valuation process of the Company’s Level 3 investments. The Committee is comprised of independent directors and reports to the Company’s board of directors. The Committee is responsible for developing the Company’s written valuation processes and procedures, conducting periodic reviews of the valuation policies, and evaluating the overall fairness and consistent application of the valuation policies.
The Committee meets on a quarterly basis, or more frequently as needed, to determine the valuations of the Company’s Level 3 investments. Valuations determined by the Committee are required to be supported by market data, third-party pricing sources, industry accepted pricing models, counterparty prices, or other methods that the Committee deems to be appropriate.
The Company will periodically test its valuations of Level 3 investments through performing back testing of the sales of such investments by comparing the amounts realized against the most recent fair values reported, and if necessary, uses the findings to recalibrate its valuation procedures. On a quarterly basis, the Company engages the services of a nationally recognized third-party valuation firm to perform an independent valuation of the Company’s Level 3 investments.
Investment Valuation
We expect that most of our portfolio investments will take the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of loans, securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable, and we will value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, including reflecting significant events affecting the value of our investments. Most, if not all, of our investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) will be classified as Level 3 under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, or ASC 820. This means that our portfolio valuations will be based on unobservable inputs and our own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. We expect that inputs into the determination of fair value of our portfolio investments will require significant management judgment or estimation. Even if observable market data are available, such information may be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information. We expect to retain the services of one or more independent service providers to review the valuation of these loans and securities. The types of factors that the board of directors may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly traded securities including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these loans and securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such loans and securities.
F- 17 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
We will adjust the valuation of our portfolio quarterly to reflect our board of directors’ determination of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our statement of operations as net change in unrealized gain or loss.
Debt Securities
The Company’s portfolio consists primarily of first lien loans, second lien loans, and unsecured loans. Investments for which market quotations are readily available (“Level 2 Loans”) are generally valued using market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or broker-dealers. For other debt investments (“Level 3 Loans”), market quotations are not available and other techniques are used to determine fair value. The Company considers its Level 3 Loans to be performing if the borrower is not in default, the borrower is remitting payments in a timely manner, the loan is in covenant compliance or is otherwise not deemed to be impaired. In determining the fair value of the performing Level 3 Loans, the Board considers fluctuations in current interest rates, the trends in yields of debt instruments with similar credit ratings, financial condition of the borrower, economic conditions, success and prepayment fees, and other relevant factors, both qualitative and quantitative. In the event that a Level 3 Loan instrument is not performing, as defined above, the Board may evaluate the value of the collateral utilizing the same framework described above for a performing loan to determine the value of the Level 3 Loan instrument.
Equity Investments
Our equity investments, including common stock, membership interests, and warrants, are generally valued using a market approach and income approach. The income approach utilizes primarily the discount rate to value the investment whereas the primary inputs for the market approach are the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) multiple and revenue multiples. The Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model, a valuation technique that follows the income approach, is used to allocate the value of the equity to the investment. The pricing model takes into account the contract terms (including maturity) as well as multiple inputs, including time value, implied volatility, equity prices, risk free rates, and interest rates.
Valuation of Other Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of the Company’s other, non-investment, financial instruments, consisting of cash, receivables, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.
Cash and Restricted Cash
The Company deposits its cash and restricted cash in financial institutions and, at times, such balances may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limit; however, management does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk.
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and restricted cash reporting within the statements of assets and liabilities that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the statements of cash flows:
Cash | $ | 9,942 | ||
Restricted Cash | 524,007 | |||
Total Cash and Restricted Cash | $ | 533,949 |
F- 18 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
As of December 31, 2016, restricted cash consisted of cash held at Jefferies for purpose of purchasing U.S. Treasury Bills on margin.
Notes Receivable
Effective December 31, 2016, the Company had $500,000 in receivables relating to the sale of its equity investment in Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc.
U.S. Treasury Bills
At the end of each fiscal quarter, we may take proactive steps to ensure we are in compliance with the RIC diversification requirements under Subchapter M of the Code, which are dependent upon the composition of our total assets at quarter end. We may accomplish this in several ways, including purchasing U.S. Treasury Bills and closing out positions after quarter-end.
Revenue Recognition
Realized gains or losses on the sale of investments are calculated using the specific identification method. The Company measures realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but considering unamortized upfront fees and prepayment penalties.
Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis. Origination, closing and/or commitment fees associated with senior and subordinated secured loans are accreted into interest income over the respective terms of the applicable loans. Upon the prepayment of a senior or subordinated secured loan, any prepayment penalties and unamortized loan origination, closing and commitment fees are recorded as interest income. Generally, when a payment default occurs on a loan in the portfolio, or if the Company otherwise believes that borrower will not be able to make contractual interest payments, the Company may place the loan on non-accrual status and cease recognizing interest income on the loan until all principal and interest is current through payment, or until a restructuring occurs, and the interest income is deemed to be collectible. The Company may make exceptions to this policy if a loan has sufficient collateral value, is in the process of collection or is viewed to be able to pay all amounts due if the loan were to be collected on through an investment in or sale of the business, the sale of the assets of the business, or some portion or combination thereof.
Dividend income is recorded on the ex-dividend date.
Structuring fees, excess deal deposits, prepayment fees and similar fees are recognized as income as earned, usually when paid. Other fee income, including annual fees and monitoring fees are included in Other Income. Income from such sources was $56,197 and $18,908 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There was no income from such sources for the year ended December 31, 2014. Interest income earned on cash in the Company’s bank account is included in other income from non-investment sources. Income from such sources was $189 for the year ended December 31, 2016. There was no such income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.
Payment-in-Kind Interest (“PIK”)
We have investments in our portfolio that contain a PIK interest provision. Any PIK interest is added to the principal balance of such investments and is recorded as income, if the portfolio company valuation indicates that such PIK interest is collectible. In order to qualify as a RIC, substantially all of this income must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends, even if we have not collected any cash. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and through the date of issuance of this report, no dividends have been paid out to stockholders.
Net Change in Unrealized Gain or Loss
Net change in unrealized gain or loss will reflect the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation, when gains or losses are realized.
F- 19 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Legal Fees
The Company incurred legal fees related to the lawsuit captioned Capital Link Fund I, LLC, et al. v. Capital Point Management, LP, et al. as disclosed in Note 9. Through December 31, 2016, it was undeterminable the ultimate responsibility for amounts invoiced to the Company by two law firms that provided services, as these invoices were for all of such law firm’s fees even though they represented multiple parties and the Company believed that some of these services rendered were provided solely or primarily for the benefit of other represented parties. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company was invoiced legal fees by these two law firms related to this lawsuit in the amount of $351,513 and $1,241,863, respectively, which are included in professional fees on the Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2016, $1,390,039 of these fees are included in accounts payable on the Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of December 31, 2017, the Company reached an agreement with the two law firms and paid them $330,000 to settle all outstanding invoices. Other legal fees invoiced to the Company for the year ended December 31, 2016, were incurred in the normal operating course of business and are included in professional fees on the Statements of Operations.
Federal and State Income Taxes
The Company was taxed as a regular corporation (a “C corporation”) under subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for its 2016 and 2015 taxable years. The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for tax loss carryforwards and temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, using statutory tax rates in effect for the year in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided against deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company did not meet the qualifications of RIC for the 2016 and 2015 tax years and it is likely that the Company will not meet the qualifications of a RIC for the 2017 tax year and expects to be taxed as a corporation under Subchapter C of the Code. In order to qualify as a RIC, among other things, the Company is required to distribute to its stockholders on a timely basis at least 90% of investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code, for each year. So long as the Company maintains its status as a RIC, it generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal and state income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes at least annually to its stockholders as dividends. Rather, any tax liability related to income earned by the Company will represent obligations of the Company’s investors and will not be reflected in the financial statements of the Company.
The Company evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken while preparing its financial statements to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. The Company recognizes the tax benefits of uncertain tax positions only where the position has met the “more-likely-than-not” threshold. The Company classifies penalties and interest associated with income taxes, if any, as income tax expense. Conclusions regarding tax positions are subject to review and may be adjusted at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, ongoing analyses of tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof.
Dividends and Distributions
Dividends and distributions to common stockholders are recorded on the ex-dividend date. The amount, if any, to be paid as a dividend is approved by our board of directors each quarter and is generally based upon our management’s estimate of our earnings for the quarter. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and through the date of issuance of this report, no dividends have been declared or distributed to stockholders.
Per Share Information
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share is calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period presented.
Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss per share by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, plus, any potentially dilutive shares outstanding during the period. The Company had 100,000 Series B Preferred Shares convertible at 100 for 1 outstanding through March 12, 2015, but were excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share of common stock because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. Therefore, dilutive loss per share of common stock was equal to basic loss per share of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2016, basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share were the same, since there were no potentially dilutive securities outstanding.
F- 20 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Transactional Expenses
A portion of the assets acquired on March 13, 2015 from the Partnerships were used for legal and accounting fees related to the acquisition transaction and were expensed as professional fees. The Company incurred $935,161 of professional fees related to the transaction for the year ended December 31, 2015. There were no professional fees related to the transaction for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Capital Accounts
Certain capital accounts including undistributed net investment income, accumulated net realized gain or loss, accumulated net unrealized gain or loss, and paid-in capital in excess of par, are adjusted, at least annually, for permanent differences between book and tax. In addition, the character of income and gains to be distributed is determined in accordance with income tax regulations that may differ from U.S. GAAP.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate relevant conditions or events that are known or reasonably knowable as of the evaluation date when determining whether substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern exists. If management concludes that substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern is not alleviated by its plans, the notes to the financial statements are required to include a statement that there is substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued, when applicable). ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and for annual periods thereafter. The Company has adopted ASU 2014-15 and does not believe this standard has an effect on its financial position or results of operations.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (“ASU 2015-17”). ASU 2015-17 requires that all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet. As a result, each jurisdiction will now only have one net noncurrent deferred tax asset or liability. ASU 2015-17 is effective for public business entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those years. The Company does not believe this standard will have an impact on its Financial Statements.
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (“ASU 2016-18”). ASU 2016-18 requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-18 is effective for public business entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those years. The Company has decided to early adopt ASU 2016-18 as shown on the Statement of Cash Flows.
NOTE 3 – CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
In the normal course of business, the Company maintains its cash balances in financial institutions, which at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company is subject to credit risk to the extent any financial institution with which it conducts business is unable to fulfill contractual obligations on its behalf. Management monitors the financial condition of such financial institutions and does not anticipate any losses from these counterparties.
F- 21 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
NOTE 4 – NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS PER COMMON SHARE
The following information sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per common share for the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.
For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2016 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||
Per Share Data (1) : | ||||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations | $ | (4,240,844 | ) | $ | (8,848,036 | ) | $ | (563,471 | ) | |||
Weighted average shares outstanding for year | ||||||||||||
Basic | 120,486,061 | 97,402,398 | (2) | 3,633,067 | (2) | |||||||
Diluted | 120,486,061 | 98,375,001 | (2),(3) | 13,633,067 | (2),(3) | |||||||
Basic and diluted net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per common share | ||||||||||||
Basic | $ | (0.035 | ) | $ | (0.091 | ) | $ | (0.155 | ) | |||
Diluted | $ | (0.035 | ) | $ | (0.091 | ) | $ | (0.155 | ) |
(1) | Per share data based on weighted average shares outstanding. |
(2) | Includes retroactive application of 2 for 1 stock split. |
(3) | Includes Series B Preferred Shares convertible at 100 for 1 through March 12, 2015, but is excluded from the diluted calculation for net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per share for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 due to it being anti-dilutive. |
NOTE 5 – FAIR VALUE OF INVESTMENTS
The Company’s assets recorded at fair value have been categorized based upon a fair value hierarchy in accordance with ASC Topic 820 – Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). See Note 2 for a discussion of the Company’s policies.
The following table presents information about the Company’s assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively:
As of December 31, 2016 | ||||||||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |||||||||||||
Portfolio Investments | ||||||||||||||||
First Lien Loans | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 16,301,261 | $ | 16,301,261 | ||||||||
Second Lien Loans | - | - | 17,250,000 | 17,250,000 | ||||||||||||
Unsecured Loans | - | - | 276,922 | 276,922 | ||||||||||||
Equity | - | - | 11,778,757 | 11,778,757 | ||||||||||||
Total Portfolio Investments | - | - | 45,606,940 | 45,606,940 | ||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury Bill | 52,398,952 | - | - | 52,398,952 | ||||||||||||
Total Investments | $ | 52,398,952 | $ | - | $ | 45,606,940 | $ | 98,005,892 |
As of December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |||||||||||||
Portfolio Investments | ||||||||||||||||
First Lien Loans | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 16,064,535 | $ | 16,064,535 | ||||||||
Second Lien Loans | - | - | 21,386,494 | 21,386,494 | ||||||||||||
Unsecured Loans | - | - | 371,922 | 371,922 | ||||||||||||
Equity | - | - | 10,876,569 | 10,876,569 | ||||||||||||
Total Portfolio Investments | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 48,699,520 | $ | 48,699,520 |
F- 22 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were no transfers between Level, 1, Level 2 or Level 3.
The following table presents additional information about Level 3 assets measured at fair value. Both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains and losses for assets within the Level 3 category may include changes in fair value that were attributable to both observable (e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.
Changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value for the year ended December 31, 2016 are as follows:
First
Lien
|
Second Lien Loans | Unsecured Loans | Equity | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Fair value at beginning of year | $ | 16,064,535 | $ | 21,386,494 | $ | 371,922 | $ | 10,876,569 | $ | 48,699,520 | ||||||||||
Amortization | (16,161 | ) | - | - | - | (16,161 | ) | |||||||||||||
Purchases of investments | 463,211 | - | 280,000 | - | 743,211 | |||||||||||||||
Sales of investments | (50,000 | ) | - | - | (500,000 | ) | (550,000 | ) | ||||||||||||
Payment-in-kind interest | 473,818 | - | - | - | 473,818 | |||||||||||||||
Realized gain (loss) | - | (1,454,270 | ) | (375,000 | ) | 367,383 | (1,461,887 | ) | ||||||||||||
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments | (634,142 | ) | 2,448,866 | - | (4,096,285 | ) | (2,281,561 | ) | ||||||||||||
Transfer due to restructuring | - | (5,131,090 | ) | - | 5,131,090 | - | ||||||||||||||
Fair value at end of year | $ | 16,301,261 | $ | 17,250,000 | $ | 276,922 | $ | 11,778,757 | $ | 45,606,940 | ||||||||||
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on Level 3 investments still held as of December 31, 2016 | $ | (634,141 | ) | $ | 463,275 | $ | - | $ | (4,197,583 | ) | $ | (4,368,449 | ) |
Changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value for the year ended December 31, 2015 are as follows:
First
Lien
|
Second Lien Loans | Unsecured Loans | Equity | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Fair value at beginning of year | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 157,260 | $ | 157,260 | ||||||||||
Common stock issued in exchange for investments | 15,068,117 | 17,624,442 | 300,000 | 10,514,636 | 43,507,195 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization | (22,307 | ) | - | - | - | (22,307 | ) | |||||||||||||
Purchases of investments | 3,551,000 | 8,000,000 | 95,000 | - | 11,646,000 | |||||||||||||||
Sales of investments | - | - | (23,078 | ) | - | (23,078 | ) | |||||||||||||
Payment-in-kind interest | 696,638 | 287,053 | - | - | 983,691 | |||||||||||||||
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments | 21,937 | (4,525,001 | ) | - | (3,046,177 | ) | (7,549,241 | ) | ||||||||||||
Transfer due to restructuring | (3,250,850 | ) | - | - | 3,250,850 | - | ||||||||||||||
Fair value at end of year | $ | 16,064,535 | $ | 21,386,494 | $ | 371,922 | $ | 10,876,569 | $ | 48,699,520 | ||||||||||
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on Level 3 investments still held as of December 31, 2015 | $ | 21,937 | $ | (4,525,001 | ) | $ | - | $ | (3,046,177 | ) | $ | (7,549,241 | ) |
F- 23 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
The following table provides quantitative information regarding Level 3 fair value measurements as of December 31, 2016:
Description | Fair Value | Valuation Technique | Unobservable Inputs | Range (Average) | ||||||
First Lien Loans | $ | 6,531,000 | Discounted Cash Flow | Discount Rate | 14.00% | |||||
8,030,261 | Discounted Cash Flow | Discount Rate | 12.20% | |||||||
Market Approach | Enterprise Value/Revenue Multiple | 0.6x-0.9x (0.75x) | ||||||||
1,740,000 | Market Approach | Real Estate Appraisal Values | N/A | |||||||
Total | 16,301,261 | |||||||||
Second Lien Loans | 6,000,000 | Discounted Cash Flow | Discount Rate | 68.00% | ||||||
4,500,000 | Discounted Cash Flow | Discount Rate | 14.10% | |||||||
Market Approach | Enterprise Value / Revenue & EBITDA Multiples | 0.6x | ||||||||
6,750,000 | Discounted Cash Flow | Discount Rate | 9.00% | |||||||
Market Approach | Enterprise Value/Revenue Multiple | 8.6x | ||||||||
Total | 17,250,000 | |||||||||
Unsecured Loans | 276,922 | Discounted Cash Flow | Discount Rate | 12.60% | ||||||
Market Approach | Enterprise Value / Revenue & EBITDA Multiples | 1.10x– 20.60x (10.85x) | ||||||||
Total | 276,922 | |||||||||
Equity | 11,778,757 | Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model | Volatility | 22.50%-39.50% (31.00%) | ||||||
Discount for lack of marketability | 5.00%-32.00% (18.50%) | |||||||||
Market Approach | Enterprise Value / Revenue & EBITDA Multiples | 0.4x – 20.6x (10.5x) | ||||||||
Income Approach | Discount Rate | 9.4% - 14.1% (11.75%) | ||||||||
Total | 11,778,757 | |||||||||
Total Level 3 Investments | $ | 45,606,940 |
The following table provides quantitative information regarding Level 3 fair value measurements as of December 31, 2015:
Description | Fair Value | Valuation Technique | Unobservable Inputs | Range (Average) | ||||||
First Lien Loans | $ | 8,849,000 | Discounted Cash Flow | Discount Rate | 14.00%-14.25% (14.13%) | |||||
7,215,535 | Discounted Cash Flow | Discount Rate | 12.40% | |||||||
Market Approach | Enterprise Value/Revenue Multiple | 0.6x-0.8x (0.7x) | ||||||||
Total | 16,064,535 | |||||||||
Second Lien Loans | 8,076,000 | Discounted Cash Flow | Discount Rate | 14.25% | ||||||
4,104,994 | Discounted Cash Flow | Discount Rate | 15.30% | |||||||
Market Approach | Enterprise Value / Revenue & EBITDA Multiples | 0.3x -4.2x (2.25x) | ||||||||
9,205,500 | Discounted Cash Flow | Discount Rate | 30.00% | |||||||
Market Approach | Distressed Debt as a Percentage of Par | 70.00% | ||||||||
Total | 21,386,494 | |||||||||
Unsecured Loans | 371,922 | Discounted Cash Flow | Discount Rate | 11.2%-15.3% (13.25%) | ||||||
Market Approach | Enterprise Value / Revenue & EBITDA Multiples | 0.3x - 15.1x (7.7) | ||||||||
Total | 371,922 | |||||||||
Equity | 10,876,569 | Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model | Volatility | 30.50%-80.20% (55.40%) | ||||||
Discount for lack of marketability | 0.00%-12.50% (6.25%) | |||||||||
Market Approach | Enterprise Value / Revenue & EBITDA Multiples | 0.3x – 15.3x (7.8x) | ||||||||
Income Approach | Discount Rate | 11.20% - 15.30% (13.25%) | ||||||||
Total | 10,876,569 | |||||||||
Total Level 3 Investments | $ | 48,699,520 |
F- 24 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
The primary significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s debt securities (first lien loans, second lien loans and unsecured loans), including income-producing investments in funds, is the discount rate. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. In determining the discount rate, for the income (discounted cash flow) or yield approach, the Company considers current market yields and multiples, portfolio company performance, leverage levels and credit quality, among other factors in its analysis. Changes in one or more of these factors can have a similar directional change on other factors in determining the appropriate discount rate to use in the income approach.
The primary significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s equity investments are the EBITDA multiple and revenue multiple, which is used to determine the Enterprise Value. Significant increases (decreases) in the Enterprise Value in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. To determine the Enterprise Value for the market approach, the Company considers current market trading and/or transaction multiples, portfolio company performance (financial ratios) relative to public and private peer companies and leverage levels, among other factors. Changes in one or more of these factors can have a similar directional change on other factors in determining the appropriate multiple to use in the market approach.
The primary unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s equity investments, when using an option pricing model to allocate the equity value to the investment, are the discount rate for lack of marketability and volatility. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the volatility in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. Changes in one or more factors can have a similar directional change on other factors in determining the appropriate discount rate or volatility to use in the valuation of equity using an option pricing model.
NOTE 6 – INCOME TAX
The Company is currently taxable as a C corporation and subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. The Company recorded a provision as follows:
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
Current expense (benefit) | $ | 41,123 | $ | - | ||||
Deferred expense (benefit) | - | - | ||||||
Total expense (benefit) | $ | 41,123 | $ | - |
The difference between the tax provision (benefit) at the statutory federal income tax rate and the tax provision (benefit) was as follows:
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
Federal statutory tax rate | 34.0 | % | 34.0 | % | ||||
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit | 6.4 | 4.5 | ||||||
Return to provision true-up | (74.3 | ) | - | |||||
Increase/(decrease) in valuation allowance | 24.9 | (38.5 | ) | |||||
Effective tax rate | (9.0 | )% | 0.0 | % |
F- 25 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
Deferred tax assets: | 2016 | 2015 | ||||||
Net operating loss carryforward | $ | 390,881 | $ | - | ||||
Net capital loss carryforwards | 2,553,820 | - | ||||||
Basis differences in investments | 2,503,655 | 1,040,762 | ||||||
Total gross deferred tax assets | 5,448,356 | 1,040,762 | ||||||
Less: Valuation allowance | (5,128,480 | ) | (1,040,762 | ) | ||||
Net deferred tax assets | $ | 319,516 | $ | - |
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the total amount of federal net operating loss carryforwards was $966,689 and zero, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire in 2036, if unused. As of December 31, 2016, the federal capital losses of $6,315,864 will expire in 2021, if unused.
The recognition of a valuation allowance for deferred taxes requires management to make estimates and judgments about the Company’s future profitability which are inherently uncertain. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As a result of the loss incurred for the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company intends to carry back the net operating loss to prior periods in which the Company generated taxable income and apply for a refund of federal taxes paid. Accordingly, the Company has recorded a deferred tax asset for the expected refund. Management believes that it is not more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of its remaining deductible differences at December 31, 2016 and accordingly has recorded a full valuation allowance on the remainder.
For federal and state purposes, a portion of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards and basis differences may be subject to limitations on annual utilization in case of a change in ownership, as defined by federal and state law. The amount of such limitations, if any, has not been determined. Accordingly, the amount of such tax attributes available to offset future profits may be significantly less than the actual amounts of the tax attributes.
It is likely that the Company will not meet the qualifications of a RIC for the 2017 tax year and expects to be taxed as a corporation under Subchapter C of the Code. As a RIC, the Company generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that the Company distributes to its stockholders as dividends and claims dividends paid deductions to compute taxable income. A RIC will not be eligible to utilize net operating losses. However, the net operating losses may become available should the Company disqualify as a RIC and become a C corporation in the future. In the event that the Company qualifies as a RIC, the Company itself will no longer be required to recognize deferred tax assets or liabilities.
In addition to meeting other requirements, the Company must generally distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income to qualify for the special treatment accorded to a RIC and maintain its RIC status. As part of maintaining RIC status, undistributed taxable income (subject to a 4% excise tax) pertaining to a given fiscal year may be distributed up to 12 months subsequent to the end of that fiscal year, provided such dividends are declared prior to the later of (1) the fifteenth day of the ninth month following the close of that fiscal year or (2) the extended due date for filing the federal income tax return for that fiscal year.
The Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits as of the period presented herein. The Company identified its major tax jurisdictions as U.S. federal and New Jersey. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, no income tax expenses or related liabilities for uncertain tax positions were recognized for the Company’s open tax years from inception through the present. The Company is not aware of any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly in the next 12 months.
F- 26 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted on December 22, 2017. A key provision of the act was the reduction in the corporate tax rate to 21%. The Company will remeasure its deferred tax assets and liabilities and this re-measurement will be offset by a change in the valuation allowance during the corresponding period.
NOTE 7 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Transition of Investment Advisory Agreements
On January 18, 2016, the Board of Directors of the Company conditionally approved the New Investment Advisory Agreement between the Company and Princeton Advisory Group, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders at the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. On June 9, 2016, the Company’s stockholders approved the New Investment Advisory Agreement. The effective date of the New Investment Advisory Agreement was June 9, 2016. The Board of Directors of the Company previously approved the termination of the investment advisory agreement between the Company and Princeton Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement”), such termination becoming effective on June 9, 2016, the date the New Investment Advisory Agreement was approved and adopted by the stockholders of the Company. Since the transition of investment advisors occurred during the periods covered under the financial statements included in this Form 10-K, we have disclosed below the material terms of both the New Investment Advisory Agreement and the Terminated Advisory Agreement below, beginning with the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement.
Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement with Princeton Investment Advisors
Our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors, approved the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement at its meeting held on March 13, 2015. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the 1940 Act, Princeton Investment Advisors managed our day-to-day operations and provided investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement, Princeton Investment Advisors was responsible for the following:
● | determining the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes; | |
● | identifying, evaluating and negotiating the structure of the investments we make; | |
● | executing, closing, servicing and monitoring the investments we make; | |
● | determining the securities and other assets that we purchase, retain or sell; | |
● | performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; and | |
● | providing us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of our funds. |
Pursuant to the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement, the Company agreed to pay Princeton Investment Advisors a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components — a base management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the base management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by our stockholders.
Management Fee
The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% of our gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents, U.S. Treasury Bills, and deposits. For services rendered under the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement, the base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee is calculated based on the average value of our gross assets, as adjusted, at the end of the finalized prior quarter and the estimated current quarter. The management fee shown on the statement of operations includes the estimated management fee for the current period as well as a true-up for the prior quarter. Base management fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro-rated.
F- 27 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Management fees under the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $365,805 and $656,479, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, management fees of $341,559 and $175,754, respectively, were payable to Princeton Investment Advisors. There were no management fees for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Incentive Fee
The Company pays Princeton Investment Advisors an incentive fee. The incentive fee consists of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not.
The first component, which is income-based, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, commencing with the quarter beginning April 1, 2015, based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, distribution income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the administration agreement, any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.
The operation of the first component of the incentive fee for each quarter is as follows:
● | no incentive fee is payable to Princeton Investment Advisors in any calendar quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate of 2.00% (8.00% annualized); | |
● | 100% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.50% in any calendar quarter (10.00% annualized) is payable to Princeton Investment Advisors. We refer to this portion of our pre-incentive fee net investment income (which exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.50%) as the “catch-up.” The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, if such pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.50% in any calendar quarter, Princeton Investment Advisors will receive 20% of such pre-incentive fee net investment income as if the hurdle rate did not apply; and | |
● | 20% of the amount of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 2.50% in any calendar quarter (10.00% annualized) is payable to Princeton Investment Advisors (once the hurdle rate is reached and the catch-up is achieved). |
The portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or original issue discount) will be paid to Princeton Investment Advisors, together with interest from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such amounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possibly elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter.
There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter and, accordingly, there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate. Since the hurdle rate is fixed, as interest rates rise, it will be easier for Princeton Investment Advisors to surpass the hurdle rate and receive an incentive fee based on pre-incentive fee net investment income.
F- 28 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee. These calculations will be appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.
The second component, the capital gains component of the incentive fee, will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement, which occurred on June 9, 2016, as of the termination date of June 9, 2016), commencing on December 31, 2015, and will equal 20% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from January 1st through the end of that calendar year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. If such amount is negative, then no capital gains incentive fee will be payable for such year. Additionally, if the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end (as is the case with the termination having become effective as of June 9, 2016), the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying the capital gains incentive fee. The capital gains component of the incentive fee is not subject to any minimum return to stockholders.
Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where we incur a loss. For example, if we receive pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses.
There were no incentive fees earned by Princeton Investment Advisors for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, or 2014.
Payment of Our Expenses
All investment professionals of Princeton Investment Advisors, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services to us, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of personnel allocable to these services to us, will be provided and paid for by Princeton Investment Advisors and not by us. We will bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to:
● | calculating our net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any third party independent valuation firm); | |
● | fees and expenses payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for us and in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies or otherwise relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments; | |
● | interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts; | |
● | offerings of our common stock and other securities; | |
● | base management and incentive fees; | |
● | administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the administration agreement (including our allocable portion of Princeton Investment Advisors’ overhead in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs); | |
● | transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses; |
F- 29 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
● | U.S. federal and state registration fees; | |
● | all costs of registration and listing our stock on any securities exchange; | |
● | U.S. federal, state and local taxes; | |
● | independent directors’ fees and expenses; | |
● | Costs of preparing and filing report or other documents required by the SEC or other regulators; | |
● | costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs; | |
● | costs and fees associated with any fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; | |
● | direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs; | |
● | proxy voting expenses; and | |
● |
all other expenses incurred by us or Princeton Investment Advisors in connection with administering our business. |
Duration and Termination
The Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement was to continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date. It was to remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons.” The Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement was to automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by Princeton Investment Advisors and may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities could also terminate the investment advisory agreement without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice. As described elsewhere in this 10-K, on January 18, 2016 the Board of Directors of the Company approved the termination of the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement, such termination becoming effective on June 9, 2016, the date the New Investment Advisory Agreement was approved and adopted by the Company’s stockholders. The Company did not pay any early termination penalties as a result of the termination of the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement.
Indemnification
The Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of their duties and obligations under the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement, Princeton Investment Advisors and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons and members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it, are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Princeton Investment Advisors’ services under the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment advisor.
New Investment Advisory Agreement with Princeton Advisory Group
Unlike the separate administration agreement that covered administrative services while Princeton Investment Advisors served as the investment advisor to the Company (as described below), under the New Investment Advisory Agreement, the administrative services of the Company are provided by Princeton Advisory Group. Inc. and subject to reimbursement of administrative related expenses under the New Investment Advisory Agreement.
F- 30 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Advisory Services
Princeton Advisory Group is registered as an investment adviser under the 1940 Act, and as of June 9, 2016, serves as the Company’s investment advisor pursuant to the New Investment Advisory Agreement in accordance with the 1940 Act. Princeton Advisory Group is owned by and an affiliate of Mr. Munish Sood, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.
Subject to supervision by the Company’s Board of Directors, Princeton Advisory Group oversees the Company’s day-to-day operations and provides the Company with investment advisory services. Under the terms of the New Investment Advisory Agreement, Princeton Advisory Group, among other things: (i) determines the composition and allocation of the portfolio of the Company, the nature and timing of the changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes; (ii) identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments made by the Company; (iii) executes, monitors and services the Company’s investments; (iv) determines the securities and other assets that the Company shall purchase, retain, or sell; (v) performs due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; (vi) provides the Company with such other investment advisory, research and related services as the Company may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of its funds; and (vii) if directed by the Board, will assist in the execution and closing of the sale of the Company’s assets or a sale of the equity of the Company in one or more transactions. Princeton Advisory Group’s services under the New Investment Advisory Agreement may not be exclusive and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to the Company are not impaired.
Management Fee
Pursuant to the New Investment Advisory Agreement, the Company pays Princeton Advisory Group a base management fee for investment advisory and management services. The cost of the base management fee will ultimately be borne by the Company’s stockholders. The New Investment Advisory Agreement does not include an incentive fee to Princeton Advisory Group.
The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.00% of the Company’s gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents net of all indebtedness of the Company for borrowed money and other liabilities of the Company. The base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears, and determined as set forth in the preceding sentence at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters prior to the quarter for which such fees are being calculated. The Board of Directors may retroactively adjust the valuation of the Company’s assets and the resulting calculation of the base management fee in the event the Company or any of its assets are sold or transferred to an independent third party or the Company or Princeton Advisory Group receives an audit report or other independent third party valuation of the Company. To the extent that any such adjustment increases or decreases the base management fee of any prior period, the Company will be obligated to pay the amount of increase to Princeton Advisory Group or Princeton Advisory Group will be obligated to refund the decreased amount, as applicable.
Management fees under the New Investment Advisory Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $275,569. As of December 31, 2016, management fees of $194,224 were payable to Princeton Advisory Group.
Incentive Fee
The Company will not pay Princeton Advisory Group an incentive fee.
Payment of Expenses
Princeton Advisory Group will bear all compensation expense (including health insurance, pension benefits, payroll taxes and other compensation related matters) of its employees and bear the costs of any salaries or directors’ fees of any officers or directors of the Company who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of Princeton Advisory Group. However, Princeton Advisory Group, subject to approval by the Board of Directors of the Company, will be entitled to reimbursement for the portion of any compensation expense and the costs of any salaries of any such employees to the extent attributable to services performed by such employees for the Company. During the term of the New Investment Advisory Agreement, Princeton Advisory Group will also bear all of its costs and expenses for office space rental, office equipment, utilities and other non-compensation related overhead allocable to performance of its obligations under the New Investment Advisory Agreement.
F- 31 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Except as provided in the preceding paragraph the Company will reimburse Princeton Advisory Group all direct and indirect costs and expenses incurred by it during the term of the New Investment Advisory Agreement for: (i) due diligence of potential investments of the Company, (ii) monitoring performance of the Company’s investments, (iii) serving as officers of the Company, (iv) serving as directors and officers of portfolio companies of the Company, (v) providing managerial assistance to portfolio companies of the Company, and (vi) enforcing the Company’s rights in respect of its investments and disposing of its investments; provided, however, that, any third party expenses incurred by Princeton Advisory Group in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate in any calendar quarter will require advance approval by the Board of Directors of the Company.
In addition to the foregoing, the Company will also be responsible for the payment of all of the Company’s other expenses, including the payment of the following fees and expenses:
● | organizational and offering expenses; |
● | expenses incurred in valuing the Company’s assets and computing its net asset value per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); |
● | subject to the guidelines approved by the Board of Directors, expenses incurred by Princeton Advisory Group that are payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Company and in monitoring the Company’s investments and performing due diligence on the Company’s prospective portfolio companies or otherwise related to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments; |
● | interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance the Company’s investments and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts; |
● | offerings of the Company’s common stock and other securities; |
● | administration fees; |
● | transfer agent and custody fees and expenses; |
● | U.S. federal and state registration fees of the Company (but not Princeton Advisory Group); |
● | all costs of registration and listing the Company’s shares on any securities exchange; |
● | U.S. federal, state and local taxes; |
● | independent directors’ fees and expenses; |
● | costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required of the Company (but not Princeton Advisory Group) by the SEC or other regulators; |
● | costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs; |
● | the costs associated with individual or group stockholders; |
● | the Company’s allocable portion of the fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; |
F- 32 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
● | direct costs and expenses of administration and operation of the Company, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs; |
● | and all other non-investment advisory expenses incurred by the Company regarding administering the Company’s business. |
Duration and Termination
Unless terminated earlier as described below, the New Investment Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for a period of one (1) year from its effective date. It will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by the Company’s Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of the of Company’s directors who are neither parties to the New Investment Advisory Agreement nor “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. The New Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, (i) upon written notice, effective on the date set forth in such notice, by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or by the vote of the Company’s directors, or (ii) upon 60 days’ written notice, by Princeton Group. The New Investment Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its “assignment,” as defined in the 1940 Act.
Indemnification
The New Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of their duties, or by reason of the material breach or reckless disregard of their duties and obligations under the New Investment Advisory Agreement (and to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty (as the same is finally determined by judicial proceedings) with respect to the receipt of compensation for services), Princeton Advisory Group and its officers, managers, employees and members are entitled to indemnification from the Company for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Princeton Advisory Group’s services under the New Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as the Company’s investment advisor. The amounts payable for indemnification will be calculated net of payments recovered by the indemnified party under any insurance policy with respect to such losses.
At all times during the term of the New Investment Advisory Agreement and for one year thereafter, Princeton Advisory Group is obligated to maintain directors and officers/errors and omission liability insurance in an amount and with a provider reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors of the Company.
Administration Services
Princeton Advisory Group is entitled to reimbursement of expenses under the New Investment Advisory Agreement for administrative services performed for the Company.
On March 13, 2015, the Company entered into an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with PCC Administrator LLC (the “Administrator”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Princeton Investment Advisors. This agreement effectively terminated on June 9, 2016 with the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement. The Administration Agreement provides that our Administrator furnishes us with office facilities and equipment and provide us with clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, our Administrator performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include being responsible for the financial and other records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports and other materials filed with the SEC. In addition, our Administrator assists us in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports and other materials to our stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Under the Administration Agreement, our Administrator will also provide managerial assistance on our behalf to those portfolio companies that have accepted our offer to provide such assistance.
F- 33 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Payments under the Administration Agreement will be equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion (subject to the review of our board of directors) of our Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. In addition, if requested to provide significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, our Administrator will be paid an additional amount based on the services provided, which shall not exceed the amount we receive from such portfolio companies for providing this assistance. The Administration Agreement will have an initial term of two years and may be renewed with the approval of our board of directors. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. To the extent that our Administrator outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without any incremental profit to our Administrator. Stockholder approval is not required to amend the Administration Agreement.
Sub-Administration Agreement
Princeton Advisory Group has engaged Conifer Asset Solutions LLC (the “Sub-Administrator”) to provide certain administrative services to us. As of December 15, 2016, Conifer Asset Solutions LLC’s parent company, Conifer Financial Services, LLC, was acquired by SS&C Technologies Holdings, Inc. In exchange for provided services, the Administrator pays the Sub-Administrator an asset-based fee with a $200,000 annual minimum as adjusted for any reimbursement of expenses. This asset-based fee will vary depending upon our gross assets, as adjusted, as follows:
Gross Assets | Fee | |
first $150 million of gross assets | 20 basis points (0.20%) | |
next $150 million of gross assets | 15 basis points (0.15%) | |
next $200 million of gross assets | 10 basis points (0.10%) | |
in excess of $500 million of gross assets | 5 basis points (0.05%) |
Administration fees were $238,143 for the year ended December 31, 2016, and sub-administration fees were $158,173 as shown on the Statements of Operations under administration fees. Administration fees were $268,139 for the year ended December 31, 2015, and sub-administration fees were $171,556 as shown on the Statements of Operations under administration fees. There were no administration fees or sub-administration fees earned by our Administrator or Sub-Administrator for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Indemnification
The Administration Agreement provides that, absent criminal conduct, willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, our Administrator, its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons and members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it, are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of our Administrator’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as our administrator.
Managerial Assistance
As a BDC, we offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board of directors and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. As of December 31, 2016, none of the portfolio companies had accepted our offer for such services.
F- 34 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Other Related Party Transactions
Gregory J. Cannella served as the Chief Financial Officer of Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. (“RSG”), one of the Company’s portfolio companies, until September 24, 2015. He had a stock option agreement with RSG, granted on January 28, 2013, with the right to earn up to 103.8961 shares or approximately 8% of RSG. This stock option agreement was canceled on May 12, 2015 with no consideration coming from RSG or the Company.
In May 2015, RSG created a wholly owned subsidiary, Southwest Hospitality Group, LLC (“SHG”), for the purpose of entering into franchise agreement with a new restaurant group. In July 2015, SHG was transferred to Sivco, Inc. and then signed a franchise agreement with this new restaurant group. Sivco, Inc. is majority owned and controlled by Alfred Jackson, a former director of the Company and minority-owned by Munish Sood, a Director, President, and CEO of the Company.
On March 30, 2016, the Company, as Borrower, entered into a Term Loan in the amount of $1,500,000 with Sema4, Inc. and Princeton Advisory Group, Inc., as Lenders in order to purchase certain assets to qualify as a RIC. Sema4, Inc. committed $1,000,000 and Princeton Advisory Group, Inc. committed $500,000. The loan was repaid in full with interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum on April 8, 2016. Sema4, Inc. is the general partner of CPP and CPPII, which own approximately 87% and 9% of our common stock, respectively. Princeton Advisory Group, Inc. is wholly owned by Munish Sood, a Director, President, and CEO of the Company.
As disclosed in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 30, 2016, on June 28, 2016, the Company, as Borrower, entered into a Term Loan in the amount of $390,000 with Munish Sood, as Lender, in order to purchase certain assets to qualify as a RIC. Mr. Sood is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President, and a director of the Company. The board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent, authorized and approved that the Company enter into the Loan Agreement. The loan was repaid in full with interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum on July 11, 2016.
As disclosed in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 16, 2016, on September 12, 2016, the Company, as a Borrower, entered into a Term Loan in the amount of $225,000 with Munish Sood, as Lender, in order to fund capital to one of its portfolio companies, Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. Mr. Sood is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of the Company. The board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent, authorized and approved that the Company enter into the Loan Agreement. The loan will bear interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum and matures on December 12, 2016. As disclosed in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 27, 2016, on October 21, 2016, Munish Sood lent an additional $140,000 under this Term Loan. On March 29, 2017, Munish Sood, in order to purchase certain assets to qualify as a RIC, lent an additional $450,000 under this Term Loan and extended the maturity date to June 30, 2017. On April 10, 2017, the Company made a principal and interest payment totaling $450,984 on this Term Loan. The loan was repaid in full with interest on July 17, 2017.
As disclosed in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 5, 2016, on September 29, 2016 the Company, as Borrower, entered into a Term Loan in the amount of $470,000 with Munish Sood, as Lender, in order to purchase certain assets to qualify as a RIC. Mr. Sood is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President, and a director of the Company. The board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent, authorized and approved that the Company enter into the Loan Agreement. The loan was repaid in full with interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum on October 7, 2016.
On June 28, 2017, Munish Sood made a non-interest bearing short term loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc., one of the Company’s portfolio companies, in the amount of $89,225 for a short term working capital need. The loan was repaid without interest on July 5, 2017.
F- 35 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
NOTE 8 – FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2016 | 2015 | 2014 | 2013 | 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
Per Share Data (1) : | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net asset value at beginning of period | $ | 0.400 | $ | 0.254 | $ | 0.564 | $ | 0.174 | $ | 0.204 | ||||||||||
Net investment loss | (0.004 | ) | (0.013 | ) | (0.144 | ) | (0.062 | ) | (0.068 | ) | ||||||||||
Change in unrealized gain (loss) | (0.019 | ) | (0.081 | ) | (0.358 | ) | 0.388 | (0.004 | ) | |||||||||||
Realized gain | (0.012 | ) | 0.002 | 0.192 | 0.064 | 0.042 | ||||||||||||||
Change in capital share transactions | - | 0.238 | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Net asset value at end of period | $ | 0.365 | $ | 0.400 | $ | 0.254 | $ | 0.564 | $ | 0.174 | ||||||||||
Total return based on net asset value (2) | (8.8 | )% | (36.2 | )% | (55.0 | )% | 224.1 | % | (14.7 | )% | ||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding for period, basic | 120,486,061 | 97,402,398 | 1,816,534 | 1,816,534 | 1,816,534 | |||||||||||||||
Raito/Supplemental Data: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net assets at end of period | $ | 43,985,319 | $ | 48,225,563 | $ | 462,022 | $ | 1,025,493 | $ | 317,502 | ||||||||||
Average net assets | $ | 46,991,446 | $ | 45,472,971 | $ | 743,758 | $ | 671,498 | $ | 343,572 | ||||||||||
Annualized ratio of net operating expenses to average net assets | 5.8 | % | 9.5 | % | 35.2 | % | 16.6 | % | 35.6 | % | ||||||||||
Annualized ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets | (1.1 | )% | (2.7 | )% | (35.2 | )% | (16.6 | )% | (35.6 | )% | ||||||||||
Annualized ratio of net operating expenses excluding management fees, incentive fees, and interest expense to average net assets | 4.3 | % | 8.0 | % | 35.2 | % | 16.2 | % | 34.6 | % | ||||||||||
Annualized ratio of net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations to average net assets | (9.0 | )% | (19.5 | )% | (75.8 | ) (3) % | 105.4 | (3) % | (15.2 | ) (3) % | ||||||||||
Portfolio Turnover | 1.1 | % | 0.7 | % | 31.2 | (3) % | 14.7 | (3) % | 17.9 | (3) % |
(1) | Financial highlights are based on weighted average shares outstanding. |
(2) | Total return based on net asset value is based upon the change in net asset value per share between the opening and ending net asset values per share in the period. The total returns are not annualized. |
(3) | Unaudited |
NOTE 9 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into investment agreements under which it commits to make an investment in a portfolio company at some future date or over a specified period of time. The Company maintains sufficient assets to provide adequate cover to allow it to satisfy its unfunded commitment amount as of December 31, 2016. The unfunded commitment is accounted for under ASC 820. As of the date of this report, all commitments have been funded.
On June 2, 2015, the Company entered into a Lease Guaranty Agreement to guaranty a portion of a lease entered into by Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. The Company’s guaranty is limited to the total tenant improvement allowance and the total amount of commissions that the landlord provided in connection with the lease. The total guaranteed amount by the Company is approximately $292,701 and reduces proportionally after each of the first sixty months of the lease, which commenced in November 2015, so long as no uncured event of default exists. Through the date of filing, the guaranteed amount has reduced to approximately $176,000.
On or around September 8, 2015, a lawsuit was filed captioned Capital Link Fund I, LLC, et al. v. Capital Point Management, LP, et al. , C.A. No. 11483-VCN in the Delaware Court of Chancery.
The following description of the settlement agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Settlement Agreement, which is attached as Exhibit 99.1to the 8-K filed on January 22, 2016:
On January 19, 2016, the Company, Princeton Advisory Group, Inc., Gregory J. Cannella, Munish Sood, Thomas Jones, Jr. and Trennis L. Jones (together the “Independent Directors” and the Independent Directors together with the Company, Princeton Advisory Group, Inc., Cannella and Sood, the “Settling Defendants”) on the one hand, entered into a settlement agreement (“Settlement Agreement”) with Capital Link Fund I, LLC (“Capital Link”), CT Horizon Legacy Fund, LP (“CT Horizon”), CPP, and Sema4, Inc. (“Semaphore” and together with Capital Link, CT Horizon and CPP I, the “Plaintiffs” or the “Capital Point Parties”) on the other hand. CPP I is the Company’s largest stockholder.
F- 36 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, the Settlement Agreement settles between the Plaintiffs and the Settling Defendants the disputes described in the lawsuit. No monies were paid or exchanged by any of the parties as a part of the settlement and none of the parties admitted any wrongdoing. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the following is a party to the Settlement Agreement: Alfred Jackson (“Jackson”), Martin Tuchman (“Tuchman”), Capital Point Management, LP (“CPM”), Capital Point Advisors, LP (“CPA”) or Princeton Investment Advisors, LLC (“PIA,” and, together with Jackson, Tuchman, CPM and CPA, collectively the “Non-Settling Defendants”). As part of the terms of the Settlement Agreement, Sood and Cannella waived any rights to indemnification they may have had against the Company as it relates to the lawsuit. Subsequently, pursuant to a written agreement among the Company, Jackson, CPM, CPA, and PIA, Jackson waived any rights to indemnification that he may have had against the Company.
On June 17, 2016, a Stipulation and Order of Dismissal of Claims (the “Dismissal Order”) against the Settling Defendants (which includes the Company) and Tuchman (collectively, the “Dismissed Defendants”) was entered in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The Dismissal Order, which was dated June 10, 2016, dismissed with prejudice the claims brought by the Plaintiffs against the Dismissed Defendants. The Dismissal Order did not dismiss the claims against Jackson, CPM, CPA or PIA.
On February 24, 2017, a Stipulation and Order of Dismissal of Claims (the “Dismissal Order II”) against Jackson, CPM, CPA and PIA was entered in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The Dismissal Order II, which was dated February 24, 2017, dismissed with prejudice the claims brought by the Plaintiffs against Jackson, CPM, CPA and PIA. Terms of any settlement were not disclosed and all claims with respect to the lawsuit have now been dismissed, signifying that the status quo order that included the Company has now been lifted.
There are no other legal proceedings against the Company or any of its officers or directors.
From time to time, the Company may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of the Company’s rights under contracts with its portfolio companies. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company does not expect that these proceeding will have a material effect upon its business, financial condition or results of operations.
NOTE 10 – UNCONSOLIDATED SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES
The Company’s investments are primarily in private small and lower middle-market companies. In accordance with Rules 3.09 and 4.08(g) of Regulation S-X, the Company must determine which of its unconsolidated controlled portfolio companies are considered “significant subsidiaries”, if any. In evaluating these investments, there are three tests utilized to determine if any of the Company’s control investments are considered significant subsidiaries; the investment test, the asset test, and the income test. Rule 3.09 of Regulation S-X, as interpreted by the SEC, requires the Company to include separate audited financial statements of any unconsolidated majority-owned subsidiary in an annual report if any of the three tests exceed 20% of the Company’s total investments at fair value, total assets or total income. Rule 4-08(g) of Regulation S-X requires summarized financial information of an unconsolidated subsidiary in an annual report if any of the three tests exceeds 10% of the Company’s total investments at fair value, total assets or total income and summarized financial information in a quarterly report if any of the three tests exceeds 20% of the Company’s total amounts.
As of December 31, 2016, the Company had one single majority owned control investment that represented greater than 20% of its total investments. After performing the income test for the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company has determined that its income from one of its majority owned control investments generated more than 20% of its total income, primarily due to the change in unrealized gain (loss) that was recognized on the investments during the year ended December 31, 2016. As such, Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. was considered a significant subsidiary at the 20% level as of December 31, 2016. The audited financial statements for Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. is filed with this Form 10-K.
F- 37 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Additionally, Integrated Medical Partners, LLC, an unconsolidated portfolio company that was a control investment, but which was not majority-owned by the Company, was also considered a significant subsidiary at the 10% level at December 31, 2016. The following tables shows the summarized financial information for Integrated Medical Partners, LLC (numbers in thousands):
As
of December 31, 2016
|
As
of December 31,
|
|||||||
Balance Sheet | ||||||||
Current Assets | $ | 2,695 | $ | 2,119 | ||||
Noncurrent Assets | 597 | 713 | ||||||
Current Liabilities | 4,030 | 3,072 | ||||||
Noncurrent Liabilities | 537 | 496 |
Year
Ended December 31,
|
Year
Ended
|
|||||||
Income Statement | ||||||||
Net Revenue | $ | 14,738 | $ | 11,842 | ||||
Gross Profit (Loss) | (290 | ) | 5,542 | |||||
Net Loss | (541 | ) | (468 | ) |
NOTE 11 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Portfolio Activity
● | On January 18, 2017, the Company amended the RSG Revolver to increase the maximum principal amount to $1,621,000. |
● | On January 18, 2017, the Company funded $140,000 on the RSG Revolver. |
● | On February 6, 2017, the Company assigned its notes, liens and security interests in its investment in South Boots Hill, LLC to a wholly owned subsidiary, PCC SBH SUB, Inc. (“PCC SBH”). On February 7, 2017, PCC SBH foreclosed on the real estate collateral assets and other personal property assets of South Boots Hill, LLC. |
● | On February 15, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to PCC SBH in the amount of $20,000 for working capital needs. This bridge loan will bear an annual interest rate of 12% with all interest and principal due on maturity of February 15, 2018. |
● | On June 1, 2017, the Company issued notices of default on the Advantis Note and the associated Term Note for payment default. After giving 30 days to cure all defaults, the Company exercised its rights under the corresponding Stock Pledge Agreement to initiate the transfer of the pledged stock certificates and warrants into the Company’s name on July 3, 2017. |
● | On June 30, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $89,225 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% with all interest and principal due on maturity of October 31, 2017. |
● | On July 12, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $69,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% with all interest and principal due on maturity of December 31, 2017. |
● | On July 14, 2017, the Company received distributions from the sale of its investment in Spencer Enterprise Holdings, LLC (“Spencer”) in the amount of $5,895,860. The Company is also entitled to an additional $203,286 of proceeds held in escrow should they not be used. This is a full exit of the Company’s investment in Spencer. |
● | On July 26, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $125,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% with all interest and principal due on maturity of December 31, 2017. |
● | On August 11, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $30,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% with all interest and principal due on maturity of December 31, 2017. |
F- 38 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
● | On or about August 18, 2017 the Company participated in a $5 million revolving loan (the “Revolver”) from Capital Foundry Funding, LLC, an investment bank headquartered in Pittsburgh, PA, to ECM Energy Services, Inc. (“ECM”) headquartered in Waynesburg, PA. The Company’s participation interest is in the amount of $1 million for a term of 18 months with minimum annual rate of return of 12.0%. The Company’s $1 million participation interest in the Revolver, and the collateral securing same, is subordinate to the payment and performance of the $4 million first-position interest. ECM is an energy services company focused on natural gas and oil trucking and water logistics within the United States. |
● | On September 11, 2017, the Company amended the unsecured loan to Dominion Medical Management, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Integrated Medical Partners, LLC and funded an additional $175,000 under the loan. The new note will accrue and pay interest quarterly at an annual rate of 6.0% and have a second lien security interest in the assets of the company. The maturity date was extended to September 30, 2019. |
● | On September 27, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $200,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% with all interest and principal due on maturity of December 31, 2017. |
● | By September 30, 2017, the Company did not receive an extension of nor the purchase price amount agreed upon in the Note Purchase and Sale Agreement (“NPSA”) with NCC Financial, LLC (“NCC”) related to a senior secured promissory note issued to the Company by Lone Star Brewery Development, Inc. The NPSA is effectively terminated. |
● | On October 25, 2017, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $45,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% with all interest and principal due on maturity of December 31, 2017. |
● | On November 20, 2017, the Company made a short term loan to Dominion Medical Management, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Integrated Medical Partners, LLC in the amount of $100,000 for working capital needs. The note will accrue and pay interest and equal principal payments on a monthly basis at an annual rate of 6.0% and have a second lien security interest in the assets of the company. The maturity date is May 20, 2018. |
● | On January 1, 2018, the Company consolidated the prior bridge loans to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. into one note in the amount of $813,224.87. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% paid quarterly with a maturity of December 31, 2018. |
● | On January 25, 2018, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $90,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 5% paid quarterly with a maturity of December 31, 2018. |
● | On February 13, 2018, the Company entered into a Forbearance Letter Agreement (the “Forbearance”) with Lone Star Brewery Development, Inc. for a maximum period of two years. During this period, the Company agreed to forbear from exercising and enforcing certain rights and remedies which the Company is entitled to and to accept a payoff equal to $7,500,000 plus 25% of the net sales proceeds/value of the property if by December 31, 2018 or $8,000,000 plus 25% of the net sales proceeds/value if on or after January 1, 2019. In return, Lone Star Brewery Development, Inc. refinanced out the first lien holder with a new lender in the amount of $11,000,000, put $3,248,000 into the project and paid the Company a forbearance fee at closing of $50,000. In connection with this Forbearance, the Company made a partial release of lien on an approximate three acre tract of land to a lender with a lien that was senior to the Company’s lien. |
● | On February 20, 2018, the Company amended the RSG Revolver to increase the maximum principal amount to $1,821,000 for restaurant improvements and enhancements. In connection with this amendment, Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. agreed to make the RSG Revolver a performing loan on a quarter basis with payments resuming on March 31, 2018. |
● | On February 26, 2018, the Company made a short term bridge loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. in the amount of $150,000 for working capital needs. The note will bear an annual interest rate of 8% with all interest and principal due on maturity of December 31, 2018. |
● | On March 22, 2018, the Company made a loan to Dominion Medical Management, Inc. (“Dominion”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Integrated Medical Partners, LLC, in the amount of $600,000 for working capital needs and amended, restated and consolidated the two prior notes. The new consolidated note has a principal balance of $1,085,256 and will accrue and pay interest only on a quarterly basis at an annual rate of 18.0%. Dominion has the option to defer 6.0% of the annual rate of interest which will compound quarterly on the payment date. The maturity date of the new note is March 1, 2019. |
F- 39 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Additional Subsequent Events
Resignation of Munish Sood as Director, Chief Executive Officer, and President
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 28, 2017, on September 27, 2017, Munish Sood, a member of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and the Company’s President, notified the Company of his resignation from his role as a director, as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and as the Company’s President, effective immediately. Mr. Sood did not resign pursuant to any disagreement with the Company.
In connection therewith, Mr. Sood also resigned as a director, officer, or manager, as applicable, of each of the Company’s portfolio companies on which he served, effective immediately.
Appointment of Mark S. DiSalvo as Interim Chief Executive Officer
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 28, 2017, on September 27, 2017, the Board, with Mr. DiSalvo abstaining, unanimously approved the appointment of Mark S. DiSalvo, currently a director of the Company, to serve as interim chief executive officer of the Company, effective as of that same date. Mr. DiSalvo will also continue to serve in his capacity as a director of the Company. There are no related party transactions involving Mr. DiSalvo that are reportable under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K.
Mr. DiSalvo will not receive any compensation from the Company at this time.
Investigation
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 28, 2017, on September 25, 2017, the United States of America filed Complaints against Munish Sood and others captioned U.S. v. Lamont Evans, et al. and U.S. v. James Gotto, et al. , in the Southern District of New York. At the time of the allegations, Mr. Sood was a member of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and the President of the Company. As previously disclosed, as a result of the allegations, Mr. Sood resigned from his positions as a director, Chief Executive Officer, and President, effective September 27, 2017.
As a result of the allegations contained in the Complaints, also on September 27, 2017 and as previously disclosed, the Board authorized and directed its Audit Committee (which consists of the Board’s three independent board members) to conduct an independent investigation into whether such events impacted the Company, and the extent to which any officer or employee of the Company may have been involved, and whether any corporate funds may have been utilized in the conduct alleged.
As set forth in the Company’s 8-K filed on January 24, 2018, the Audit Committee conducted an independent investigation into this matter with the assistance of outside advisors. The investigation concluded on January 24, 2018. The investigation uncovered (i) no evidence that the allegations contained in the Complaints impacted the Company (other than the resignation of Mr. Sood), (ii) no evidence that any officer or employee of the Company, other than (as has been alleged) Mr. Sood, had any involvement in the allegations contained in the Complaints, and (iii) no evidence that any corporate or portfolio company funds were utilized in the conduct alleged in the Complaints. In respect to Mr. Sood, the Audit Committee did not make any judgment regarding the criminal allegations made by the U.S. Attorney in its Complaints. As a result of this investigation, the Company, its Audit Committee, and its advisors have concluded that the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting are effective and do not recommend implementing any additional procedures or controls at this time.
Termination of Investment Advisory Agreement with Princeton Advisory Group and Entry into Interim Investment Advisory Agreement with House Hanover
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 28, 2017, on September 27, 2017, the Board determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company to terminate the New Investment Advisory Agreement between the Company and Princeton Advisory Group. The Board further determined that it would send a formal notice of termination to Princeton Advisory Group to take effect at such time as the Board could adopt a responsible transition plan to replace Princeton Advisory Group.
F- 40 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2018, on December 27, 2017, the Board determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to terminate the New Investment Advisory Agreement and sent a formal Notice of Termination to Princeton Advisory Group notifying Princeton Advisory Group of its termination as the Company’s investment advisor, effective as of December 31, 2017 at 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time. Also on December 27, 2017, the Board approved (specifically in accordance with Rule 15a-4(b)(1)(ii) of the Investment Company Act and authorized the Company to enter into an Interim Investment Advisory Agreement between the Company and House Hanover, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“House Hanover”) (the “Interim Investment Advisory Agreement”), in accordance with Rule 15a-4 of the Investment Company Act. The effective date of the Interim Investment Advisory Agreement was January 1, 2018.
In accordance with Rule 15a-4(a)(2), the Interim Investment Advisory Agreement does not need to be approved by the Company’s stockholders and the duration of the interim contract may not be greater than 150 days following the date on which the New Investment Advisory Agreement terminates.
A summary of the Interim Investment Advisory Agreement was included in the Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2018 and the full text of the Interim Investment Advisory Agreement is attached as Exhibit 10.1 thereto and incorporated by reference therein.
Resignation of Joy Sheehan as Chief Compliance Officer
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2018, as of December 31, 2017, Joy Sheehan, the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer, notified the Company of her resignation as the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer, effective immediately. Ms. Sheehan did not resign pursuant to any disagreement with the Company.
Election of Florina Klingbaum as Chief Compliance Officer
As set forth in the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2018, on December 30, 2017, the Board, including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940), unanimously approved the election of Florina Klingbaum to serve as the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer, effective January 1, 2018. There are no related party transactions involving Ms. Klingbaum that are reportable under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K.
Pursuant to the Interim Investment Advisory Agreement, the Company is responsible for its allocable portion of Ms. Klingbaum’s compensation including, but not limited to, salaries and benefits while performing services to the Company.
Late Filings
As set forth in the Company’s Form 12b-25 filings on May 16, 2017, August 16, 2017, and November 15, 2017, the Company has not timely made its Form 10-Q filings for the periods ending March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, and September 30, 2017 or its 10-K filing for the year ending December 31, 2017 due to its inability to do so without undue effort or expense.
F- 41 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
Schedule 12-14
The table below represents the fair value of control and affiliate investments at December 31, 2015 and any amortization, purchases, sales, and realized and change in unrealized gain (loss) made to such investments, as well as the ending fair value as of December 31, 2016.
Portfolio Company/Type of Investment |
Principal Amount/Shares/ Ownership % at December 31, 2016 |
Amount of Interest and Dividends Credited in Income | Fair Value at December 31, 2015 | Purchases (2) | Sales | Realized and Change in Unrealized Gains/Losses | Fair Value at December 31, 2016 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Control Investments | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
First Lien Loan (1) | $ | 6,352,944 | $ | 387,214 | $ | 6,164,535 | $ | 188,409 | $ | - | $ | 196,317 | $ | 6,549,261 | ||||||||||||||
Revolving Loan (1) | $ | 1,481,000 | - | 1,051,000 | 430,000 | - | - | 1,481,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Rockfish Holdings, LLC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Warrant (1) | 10 | % | - | 316,531 | - | - | (213,705 | ) | 102,826 | |||||||||||||||||||
Membership Interest (1) | 99.997 | % | - | 2,848,693 | - | - | (1,923,286 | ) | 925,407 | |||||||||||||||||||
Integrated Medical Partners, LLC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unsecured Loan (1) | $ | 276,922 | - | 276,922 | - | - | - | 276,922 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred Membership – Class A (1) | 800 | - | 2,331,439 | - | - | 1,006,340 | 3,337,779 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred Membership – Class B (1) | 760 | - | 32,923 | - | - | 332,961 | 365,884 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock (1) | 14,082 | - | 65 | - | - | 19,994 | 20,059 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Second Lien Loan (1) | $ | - | - | 4,104,994 | - | - | (4,104,994 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Unsecured Loan (due 3/31/2018) (1) | $ | - | - | 95,000 | - | - | (95,000 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Unsecured Loan (due 3/31/2020) (1) | $ | - | - | - | 195,000 | - | (195,000 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Unsecured Loan (due 3/31/2018) (1) | $ | - | - | - | 85,000 | - | (85,000 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Warrant (1) | - | - | 691 | - | (12,534 | ) | 11,843 | - | ||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock – Series A (1) | - | - | 622 | - | (11,281 | ) | 10,659 | - | ||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock – Series B (1) | - | - | 26,256 | - | (476,185 | ) | 449,929 | - | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total Control Investments | $ | 387,214 | $ | 17,249,671 | $ | 898,409 | $ | (500,000 | ) | $ | (4,588,942 | ) | $ | 13,059,138 | ||||||||||||||
Affiliate Investments | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Spencer Enterprises Holdings, LLC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred Membership, Class AA units (1) | 500,000 | $ | 740,741 | $ | 2,353,965 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 351,398 | $ | 2,705,363 | |||||||||||||||
Preferred Membership, Class BB units (1) | 500,000 | - | 2,960,434 | - | - | 720,882 | 3,681,316 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Affiliate Investments | $ | 740,741 | $ | 5,314,399 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 1,072,280 | $ | 6,386,679 |
(1) | Non-income producing security. |
(2) | Includes PIK interest and common stock issued in exchange for investments. |
(3) | Represents the sale of the equity investments in Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. due to the restructuring on December 31, 2016. Due to the restructuring, two new positions in Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. are held at December 31, 2016 and Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. is no longer considered a control investment and thus these positions are excluded from the table above. |
F- 42 |
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016
The table below represents the fair value of control and affiliate investments at December 31, 2014 and any amortization, purchases, sales, and realized and change in unrealized gain (loss) made to such investments, as well as the ending fair value as of December 31, 2015.
Portfolio Company/Type of Investment |
Principal Amount/Shares/ Ownership % at December 31, 2015 |
Amount of Interest and Dividends Credited in Income |
Fair Value at December 31,
2014 |
Purchases (2) | Realized and Change in Unrealized Gains/Losses | Transfer from Restructuring |
Fair Value at December 31,
2015 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Control Investments | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
First Lien Loan | $ | 6,164,535 | $ | 522,597 | $ | - | $ | 9,415,385 | $ | - | $ | (3,250,850 | ) | $ | 6,164,535 | |||||||||||||
Revolving Loan | $ | 1,051,000 | - | - | 1,051,000 | - | - | 1,051,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Rockfish Holdings, LLC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Warrant (1) | 10 | % | - | - | - | (98,429 | ) | 414,960 | 316,531 | |||||||||||||||||||
Membership Interest (1) | 99.997 | % | - | - | 898,746 | (885,943 | ) | 2,835,890 | 2,848,693 | |||||||||||||||||||
Integrated Medical Partners, LLC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unsecured Loan | $ | 276,922 | 2,257 | - | 276,922 | - | - | 276,922 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred Membership – Class A (1) | 800 | - | - | 4,196,937 | (1,865,498 | ) | - | 2,331,439 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred Membership – Class B (1) | 760 | - | - | 29,586 | 3,337 | - | 32,923 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock (1) | 14,082 | - | - | - | 65 | - | 65 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Second Lien Loan (1) | $ | 6,435,000 | - | - | 5,954,270 | (1,849,276 | ) | - | 4,104,994 | |||||||||||||||||||
Unsecured Loan (1) | $ | 95,000 | - | - | 95,000 | - | - | 95,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Warrant (1) | 1 | - | - | 2,025 | (1,334 | ) | - | 691 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock – Series A (1) | 225,000 | - | - | 1,822 | (1,200 | ) | - | 622 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock – Series B (1) | 9,500,000 | - | - | 78,770 | (52,514 | ) | - | 26,256 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total Control Investments | $ | 524,854 | $ | - | $ | 22,000,463 | $ | (4,750,792 | ) | $ | - | $ | 17,249,671 | |||||||||||||||
Affiliate Investments | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Spencer Enterprises Holdings, LLC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred Membership, Class AA units (1) | 500,000 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 2,391,001 | $ | (37,036 | ) | $ | - | $ | 2,353,965 | ||||||||||||||
Preferred Membership, Class BB units (1) | 500,000 | - | - | 2,915,749 | 44,685 | - | 2,960,434 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Affiliate Investments | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 5,306,750 | $ | 7,649 | $ | - | $ | 5,314,399 |
(1) | Non-income producing security. |
(2) | Includes PIK interest and common stock issued in exchange for investments. |
End of notes to financial statements.
F- 43 |
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) | Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures |
The Company’s management, under the direction, supervision, and involvement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has carried out an evaluation, as of the end of the period covered by this report, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) of the Company. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer has concluded that disclosure controls and procedures in place at the Company are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure based closely on the definition of “disclosure controls and procedures” in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act.
(b) | Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. |
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the direction, supervision and participation of the Company’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and principal financial officer, the Company’s management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013) (“COSO-Framework”). Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s CEO and CFO have concluded that except for the late filing of the Form 10-K due to delays experienced in finalizing the accounting for the transaction on March 13, 2015, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.
This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules for non-accelerated filers by the Securities and Exchange Commission permitting the company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, a change in our internal controls over financial reporting occurred related to the change in investment advisor, change in audit committee members and change in the audit committee chair person. On June 9, 2016 Princeton Investment Advisors was terminated and Princeton Advisory Group was hired as the investment advisor to the Company. While the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer & Chief Compliance officer did not change, the Chief Financial Officer became an employee of Princeton Advisory Group and the administration of the Company including financial reporting are done by Princeton Advisory Group employees. On January 18, 2016, Mr. Darren Stainrod and Mr. Martin Laidlaw were appointed as the members of the audit committee, leaving the third position vacant and the chairman to be Mr. Laidlaw. On August 4, 2016, Mr. Greg Bennett was appointed as a member of the audit committee to fill the vacant position.
Departure of Directors or Certain Officers
None.
- 67 -
Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Directors and Executive Officers Information
The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our directors, executive officers and significant employees as of December 31, 2016:
Name | Age | Position | Position Held Since | |||
Interested Directors | ||||||
Munish Sood | 45 | Chief Executive Officer and Director | 2015 | |||
Mark S. DiSalvo | 62 | Director | 2016 | |||
Independent Directors | ||||||
Martin Laidlaw | 60 | Director | 2016 | |||
Greg Bennett | 44 | Director | 2016 | |||
Darren Stainrod | 52 | Director and Chairman | 2016 | |||
Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors | ||||||
Gregory J. Cannella | 42 | Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary | 2015 | |||
Joy Sheehan | 50 | Chief Compliance Officer | 2015 |
The address for each of our directors is c/o Princeton Capital Corporation, 700 Alexander Park, Suite 103, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 .
Interested Directors
MUNISH SOOD serves as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President. He is also a partner of Princeton Investment Advisors and is responsible for sourcing, analyzing, structuring, and closing new investment opportunities as well as managing portfolio investments. Mr. Sood is founder and Chief Investment Officer of Princeton Advisory Group, Inc., which was founded in November 2002. Mr. Sood is a founder and Chairman of First Choice Bank, since 2007. Mr. Sood is also founder of Cross Point Capital, LLC, a registered broker dealer in the U.S. which specializes in trading securities and raising capital for institutional clients. Prior to forming Princeton Advisory Group, Inc., Mr. Sood co-founded BoTree Investments, LLC, in 2001 where he was the Chief Investment Officer. Mr. Sood was responsible for managing and investing in structured products and overseeing all investment activity in Botree Asset Management, LLC. Prior to Botree, Mr. Sood was the Senior Portfolio Manager at Global Value Investors, Inc. from January 1999 to April 2001. Prior to Global Value Investors, Inc., Mr. Sood was a Senior Analyst/Trader at Penn Capital Management, Inc. From 1996 to 1998 he was an associate at Bankers Trust focusing on fixed income arbitrage. He holds a Chartered Financial Analyst designation and is a member of the Investment Analyst Society of New York and the CFA Institute. Mr. Sood received a Bachelor of Science in Finance & Accounting from Rider University.
MARK DISALVO is the President and CEO of Sema4, Inc., a leading global professional services provider of private equity funds-under-management. He has been a senior executive and entrepreneur at international companies such as Euromoney Institutional Investor and Fairfield Whitney, and was founder of Hall, Berwick and DiSalvo where he provided funding and management advisory services to zero and first stage entities prior to founding Sema4. He has extensive experience in private equity, entrepreneurial management, and emerging market strategy, particularly as to underserved markets and economic development. A frequent speaker at worldwide industry conferences, he is a charter member of the Inner City Economic Forum. Mr. DiSalvo was educated at the University of Massachusetts with degrees in Political Studies and Economics and has earned the professional designations CPC and CTA. He is a long-time lecturer at the Johnson School of Business at Cornell University and the Kellogg School of Business at Northwestern University in their full-time MBA programs where he contributes case studies in private equity, emerging market economics and cross-border M&A.
- 68 -
Independent Directors
DARREN STAINROD serves as the Chairman of the Company’s board of directors and was appointed to the Company’s Board on January 18, 2016. Mr. Stainrod is a Principal of Marbury Fund Services (Cayman) Limited (“Marbury”), a fiduciary services company focused on the alternative investment industry and licensed by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority. He is registered as a director with the Authority pursuant to the Directors Licensing and Registration Law, 2014. Prior to joining Marbury, Mr. Stainrod was a Principal at HighWater Limited in Cayman for almost 3 years where he provided professional director services to hedge funds, fund of funds and private equity vehicles. Before becoming a professional director in May 2013, Mr. Stainrod spent 17 years at UBS where he was a Managing Director and the Global Head of UBS Alternative Fund Services. At UBS, he had responsibility for the overall management and development of the global hedge fund administration business in seven countries with more than 300 staff servicing alternative investment funds with over $200 billion in assets under administration. Mr. Stainrod has over 27 years of experience in the investment fund industry, including 23 years offshore. Before joining UBS, he worked for three years with Coopers & Lybrand in Cayman and four years with Deloitte in the UK. Mr. Stainrod holds a BA (Hons) in Politics from the University of Reading in the UK. He is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and the Cayman Islands Society of Professional Accountants. He is a past Chairman of the Cayman Islands Fund Administrators Association and is the current Treasurer of AIMA Cayman Chapter. Mr. Stainrod brings to the Board extensive experience as a director of hedge funds, fund of funds and private equity funds as well as considerable experience in the investment fund industry, all of which provide our Board with valuable insight and supports Mr. Stainrod’s election to our Board. Mr. Stainrod serves as chairman of the Company’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and he is a member of the Company’s Audit Committee and the Company’s Valuation Committee.
MARTIN LAIDLAW who was elected by the board of directors (to fill a vacancy) to the Company’s Board on January 18, 2016, is a Director of Premier Fiduciary Services (Cayman) Ltd. and a former Managing Director of JP Fund Administration (Cayman) Ltd. (“JPFA”) and has over 25 years of experience in the offshore financial industry. Mr. Laidlaw has an extensive range of experience with all forms of investment fund products and has held numerous directorship positions for a wide variety of offshore fund vehicles. From 1989 to 2009 Mr. Laidlaw was employed with CIBC Bank and Trust Company (Cayman) Limited. He was appointed Director and Head of Fund Services and was responsible for leading the fund services team and developing new business and client relationships. Prior to his years at CIBC, he was employed with KPMG, Cayman Islands where he led various financial services audits. He was a founding member, Director and Treasurer of the Cayman Islands Fund Administrators Association. Martin graduated from Edinburgh University in Scotland with a Bachelor of Commerce Degree. He was admitted as a Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland in February 1984 and continues to maintain his qualification. He is a Cayman Islands Monetary Authority Registered Director and is a member of The Alternative Investment Management Association (AIMA). Mr. Laidlaw’s extensive experience in the financial industry, including his financial and accounting background, and his experience as a director of various offshore fund vehicles makes him well qualified to serve on our Board. Mr. Laidlaw serves as chairman of the Company’s Audit Committee and he is a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Valuation Committee.
GREG BENNETT is the co-founder of Danesmead Partners. Mr. Bennett has more than twenty years of experience in financial services having started his professional career with Coopers & Lybrand in Canada in 1996. In 2000, Mr. Bennett joined UBS Fund Services in Cayman as an Associate Director where he was responsible for NAV calculation, portfolio pricing and investor servicing for a large single manager fund group. In 2004, Mr. Bennett joined Butterfield Fund Services (Cayman) Limited as head of client relationship management and he became a Director of that firm in 2005. In 2008, he was promoted to Managing Director where he had responsibility for all aspects of the business, including managing over 75 staff responsible for providing full fund administration services to a wide range of hedge fund clients with in excess of $30 billion in assets under management. In 2010, Mr. Bennett established the Cayman office of HedgeServ and held the position of Managing Director. From 2011 through 2014, prior to co-founding Danesmead Partners, Mr. Bennett was a Director of The Harbour Trust Co. Ltd., where he provided fiduciary services to their clients, including serving as an independent hedge fund director. Mr. Bennett graduated with a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Alberta in Canada in 1995. He is a Chartered Accountant (Canada), a Certified Public Accountant (US), and a CFA Charterholder. Mr. Bennett is also a Director of Hedge Funds Care Cayman, past Deputy Chairman of the Cayman Islands Fund Administrators Association, past Treasurer of AIMA Cayman and a past President of the CFA Society of the Cayman Islands. Mr. Bennett’s considerable experience in the financial services industry and as a director of various hedge funds and his accounting background make him well qualified to serve on our Board. Mr. Bennett serves as chairman of the Company’s Valuation Committee and he is a member of the Company’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Company’s Audit Committee.
- 69 -
Other Executive Officers
GREGORY J. CANNELLA serves as our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary. Mr. Cannella is responsible for financial reporting, investor communications, financial modeling and due diligence and analysis of acquisitions and dispositions. Prior to this, Mr. Cannella was the Chief Financial Officer of Capital Point Partners, a private equity group that focused on mezzanine lending to small and middle market private companies, where he was responsible for financial reporting, investor communications, financial modeling and due diligence and analysis of acquisitions and dispositions. Prior to working at Capital Point Partners, Mr. Cannella was an Asset Manager at First Commonwealth Holdings Corp., a wealth management firm in Houston, Texas where he was responsible for managing various commercial and multi-family residential real estate investment funds as well as oversight of accounting functions and reporting for the funds. Mr. Cannella received a B.B.A. in Management from Stephen F. Austin State University and an M.B.A. with honors in Accounting and Finance from the University of Houston. He is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Texas.
JOY SHEEHAN serves as our Chief Compliance Officer. Ms. Sheehan is also Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer at Princeton Investment Advisors and Princeton Advisory Group, Inc. As the firm’s Chief Compliance Officer, she heads the compliance and legal function across the firm’s hedge fund, structured product and credit business. Ms. Sheehan’s responsibilities also include oversight of the Operations department. Prior to joining Princeton Investment Advisors in August 2003, Ms. Sheehan was a senior associate at Penn Capital Management, an investment advisory firm that managed CBOs and high yield bonds. With over twenty years’ experience in the investment industry, Ms. Sheehan holds the Investment Adviser Certified Compliance Professional designation and has worked within the back office, mid and front office as well as compliance and client service departments.
Exchange Act Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the disclosure requirements of Item 405 of SEC Regulation S-K require that our directors and executive officers, and any persons holding more than 10% of any class of our equity securities report their ownership of such equity securities and any subsequent changes in that ownership to the SEC and to us.
Based solely on a review of copies of such reports as filed with the SEC, we believe that during fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to the executive officers, directors and greater than 10% beneficial owners were timely satisfied.
Code of Ethics
Our code of ethics, which is signed by directors and executive officers of the Company, requires that directors and executive officers avoid any conflict, or the appearance of a conflict, between an individual’s personal interests and the interests of the Company. Pursuant to the code of ethics, ratified and confirmed as of December 6, 2016, which is available on our website under the “Corporate Governance” link under the “Princeton Capital Corporation” link at www.princetoncapitalcorp.com , each director and executive officer must disclose any conflicts of interest, or actions or relationships that might give rise to a conflict, to the audit committee. Certain actions or relationships that might give rise to a conflict of interest are reviewed and approved by the board of directors.
- 70 -
Nomination of Directors
There have been no material changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to our board of directors implemented since the filing of our Proxy Statement filed on June 29, 2017.
Audit Committee
The members of the audit committee as of December 31, 2016 are Messrs. Laidlaw, Stainrod and Bennett, each of whom meets the independence standards established by the SEC and the NASDAQ (the “NASDAQ”) for audit committees and is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Mr. Laidlaw serves as chairman of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Laidlaw is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The board of directors has adopted a charter of the audit committee, which is available in print to any stockholder who requests it and it is also available on the Company’s website at www.princetoncapitalcorp.com .
The audit committee is responsible for approving our independent accountants, reviewing with our independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants, reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee is also responsible for aiding our board of directors in fair value pricing debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available. The board of directors and audit committee utilizes the services of an independent valuation firm to help them determine the fair value of these securities.
Board and Committee Meetings
During the Company’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, the board of directors held a total of twenty-five meetings and approved six Actions by Written Consent. During that time, no incumbent Director attended fewer than 100% of the aggregate of the total number of meetings of the board of directors (held during the period for which he has been a Director).
Item 11. EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Compensation of Executive Officers
None of our officers receives direct compensation from Princeton Capital Corporation. However, Messrs. Jackson and Sood, through their financial interests in Princeton Investment Advisors, were entitled to a portion of any investment advisory fees paid by Princeton Capital Corporation to Princeton Investment Advisors under the Terminated Investment Advisory Agreement. Mr. Sood through his financial interest in Princeton Advisory Group, will be entitled to any investment advisory fees paid by Princeton Capital Corporation to Princeton Advisory Group under the New Investment Advisory Agreement between the Company and Princeton Advisory Group. Our other executive officers will be paid by Princeton Advisory Group, subject to reimbursement by us of our allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by such persons to the Company under the New Investment Advisory Agreement. To the extent that Princeton Advisory Group outsources any of its functions, we will reimburse Princeton Advisory Group for the fees associated with such functions without profit or benefit to Princeton Advisory Group.
Mr. Cannella, our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary, and Ms. Sheehan, our Chief Compliance Officer, will be paid by Princeton Advisory Group subject to reimbursement by Princeton Capital Corporation of its allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by them under the New Investment Advisory Agreement. To the extent that Princeton Advisory Group outsources any of its functions, we will reimburse Princeton Advisory Group for the fees associated with such functions without profit or benefit to Princeton Advisory Group.
- 71 -
Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers
Neither the Company nor Regal One issued stock options or granted stock grants during the fiscal year 2016 or 2015. Regal One’s Chief Executive Officer did not receive any salary or other compensation other than direct expense reimbursements. During 2015, the Company did not have any direct employees and its officers were direct employees of either the Company’s external investment adviser, Princeton Investment Advisors, or one of Princeton Investment Advisors’ members, Princeton Advisory Group, Inc. Princeton Investment Advisors was compensated through an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Company. PCC Administrator LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Princeton Investment Advisors, was reimbursed for administrative expenses provided to the Company through an Administration Agreement.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, the former independent directors that were in office until March 13, 2015 received fees in the total amount of $3,600.
For the year ended December 31, 2016, the independent directors received an annual fee of $30,000. They also received $1,500 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending in person or telephonically each regular board of directors meeting and each special telephonic meeting. They also received $1,500 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with each committee meeting attended in person and each telephonic committee meeting. The chairmen of the audit committee, the valuation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee received an annual fee of $3,500, respectively. On March 13, 2017, the independent directors agreed to cap total director’s fees at $50,000 per director annually, and to have an amount of $12,500 advanced to them each quarter, subject to true up. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers. No compensation is paid to directors who are “interested persons.” For the year ended December 31, 2016 there was no executive compensation.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, Bernard Brodkorb earned $16,170 in fees related to accounting services for work performed not related to being a director.
As of December 31, 2016, there is no compensation committee as the Company does not have any employees.
Indemnification
As permitted by the provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and as required by the Company’s Charter and Bylaws, the Corporation shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Company and who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Company and at the request of the Company, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.
This obligation of the Company is further supported by Indemnification Agreements entered into by the Company and certain of its directors and officers. The Indemnification Agreements set forth the standard of review for the Company’s board of directors to consider when determine whether a director or officer is entitled to indemnification. The standard is as follows: “If, by reason of indemnitee’s corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any such Proceeding unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.”
Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation Table
The following table summarizes the compensation for our non-employee board of directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016:
Fees Earned Or paid in Cash | Stock Awards | Option Awards | Non-Equity Incentive Compensation | Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings | All Other Compensation | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Martin Laidlaw | $ | 50,000 | - | - | - | - | - | $ | 50,000 | |||||||||||||||||||
Greg Bennett | 38,486 | - | - | - | - | - | 38,486 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Darren Stainrod | 50,000 | - | - | - | - | - | 50,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Thomas Jones | 23,942 | - | - | - | - | - | 23,942 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Trennis Jones | 22,442 | - | - | - | - | - | 22,442 |
No additional Director compensation has been authorized for services for the period from January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016 and through the date of this Form 10-K report filing.
- 72 -
Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2016, the beneficial ownership of each current director, the Company’s executive officers, each person known to us to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, and the executive officers and directors as a group.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Percentage of ownership is based on 120,486,061 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016.
Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, each stockholder listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder, except to the extent authority is shared by their spouses under applicable law. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all executive officers and directors is c/o Princeton Capital Corporation, 700 Alexander Park, Suite 103, Princeton, NJ 08540.
The Company’s directors are divided into two groups — interested directors and independent directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and the NASDAQ (“NASDAQ”) Stock Market Rules, as the Over the Counter Pink (“OTCPK”) exchange where the Company trades, does not establish director independence standards.
Name of Beneficial Owner | Number of Shares Beneficially Owned (1) | Percentage of Class | ||||||
Interested Directors | ||||||||
Munish Sood | 0 | * | ||||||
Mark S. DiSalvo (2) | 115,484,327 | 95.9 | % | |||||
Independent Directors | ||||||||
Martin Laidlaw | 0 | * | ||||||
Darren Stainrod | 0 | * | ||||||
Greg Bennett | 0 | * | ||||||
Executive Officers | ||||||||
Gregory J. Cannella | 0 | * | ||||||
Joy Sheehan | 0 | * | ||||||
Executive Officers and Directors as a Group | 115,484,327 | 95.5 | % | |||||
Greater than 5% Holders | ||||||||
Capital Point Partners, LP (3) | 104,562,000 | 86.8 | % | |||||
Capital Point Partners II, LP (3) | 10,922,327 | 9.1 | % |
* | Less than 1% |
(1) | Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
(2) | Mr. DiSalvo, by virtue of his ownership of all of the outstanding stock of Sema4, Inc., the general partner of Capital Point Partners, LP (“CPP”) and Capital Point Partners II, LP (“CPP II”), may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the 104,562,000 shares of the Company’s common stock owned by CPP and the 10,922,327 shares of the Company’s common stock owned by CPP II. Mr. DiSalvo and Sema4, Inc. each disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares held by CPP and CPP II, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of Sema4, Inc., CPP and CPP II is 800 Turnpike Street, Suite 300, North Andover, MA 01854. |
(3) | This information is based on information included in the Schedule 13D filed with the SEC. |
- 73 -
The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2016, the dollar range of our securities owned by our directors and executive officers.
Name | Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned (1), (2) | |
Interested Directors | ||
Munish Sood | None | |
Mark S. DiSalvo | Over $100,000 | |
Independent Directors | ||
Martin Laidlaw | None | |
Darren Stainrod | None | |
Greg Bennett | None | |
Executive Officers | ||
Gregory J. Cannella | None | |
Joy Sheehan | None |
(1) | The dollar range of the equity securities beneficially owned is based on the closing price per share of the Company’s common stock of $0.105 on April 5, 2018 on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board “Pink Sheet” market. |
(2) | The dollar ranges of equity securities beneficially owned are: none; $1–$10,000; $10,001–$50,000; $50,001–$100,000; and over $100,000. |
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
At the end of fiscal year 2016, there were no outstanding equity awards, unexercised stock options, or equity incentive plan awards vested or not vested due to Company Officers or outside consultants.
Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The board of directors has adopted a policy relating to the review, approval and monitoring of transactions with related persons that are required to be disclosed in statements by SEC regulations, which are commonly referred to as “Related Person Transactions.” A “related person” is defined under the applicable SEC regulation and includes our directors, executive officers and 5% or more beneficial owners of our common stock. The board of directors administers the procedures with regards to related person transactions. Approval of a related person transaction requires the affirmative vote of the majority of disinterested directors. In approving any related person transaction, the disinterested directors must determine that the transaction is fair and reasonable to the Company. The policies and procedures for the review, approval or ratification of any related party transaction are written and disclosed on the Company’s website.
- 74 -
Summarized below are certain transactions and business relationships between Princeton Capital Corporation and persons who are or were an executive officer, director or holder of more than five percent of any class of our securities during the last two fiscal years:
Princeton Investment Advisors is beneficially owned and controlled by Alfred Jackson, a member of the Company’s board of directors. Munish Sood, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President, and member of the board of directors, has an interest in Princeton Investment Advisors and has all the interest in Princeton Advisory Group, Inc. Mr. DiSalvo owns all of the interests in Sema4, Inc., the general partner of Capital Point Partners, LP and Capital Point Partners II, LP, which own approximately 87% and 9% of our common stock, respectively. PCC Administrator LLC is a wholly owned subsidiary of Princeton Investment Advisors.
Princeton Advisory Group is wholly owned and controlled by Munish Sood, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President and a member of the Company’s board of directors.
On March 30, 2016, the Company, as Borrower, entered into a Term Loan in the amount of $1,500,000 with Sema4, Inc. and Princeton Advisory Group, Inc., as Lenders in order to purchase certain assets to maintain its Regulated Investment Company status. Sema4, Inc. committed $1,000,000 and Princeton Advisory Group, Inc. committed $500,000. The loan was repaid in full with interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum on April 8, 2016.
As disclosed in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 30, 2016, on June 28, 2016, the Company, as Borrower, entered into a Term Loan in the amount of $390,000 with Munish Sood, as Lender, in order to purchase certain assets to qualify as a RIC. Mr. Sood is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President, and a director of the Company. The board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent, authorized and approved that the Company enter into the Loan Agreement. The loan was repaid in full with interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum on July 11, 2016.
As disclosed in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 16, 2016, on September 12, 2016, the Company, as a Borrower, entered into a Term Loan in the amount of $225,000 with Munish Sood, as Lender, in order to fund capital to one of its portfolio companies, Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. Mr. Sood is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of the Company. The board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent, authorized and approved that the Company enter into the Loan Agreement. The loan will bear interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum and matures on December 12, 2016. As disclosed in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 27, 2016, on October 21, 2016, Munish Sood lent an additional $140,000 under this Term Loan. On March 29, 2017, Munish Sood, in order to purchase certain assets to qualify as a RIC, lent an additional $450,000 under this Term Loan and extended the maturity date to June 30, 2017. On April 10, 2017, the Company made a principal and interest payment totaling $450,984 on this Term Loan. The loan was repaid in full with interest on July 17, 2017.
As disclosed in the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 5, 2016, on September 29, 2016 the Company, as Borrower, entered into a Term Loan in the amount of $470,000 with Munish Sood, as Lender, in order to purchase certain assets to qualify as a RIC. Mr. Sood is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President, and a director of the Company. The board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent, authorized and approved that the Company enter into the Loan Agreement. The loan was repaid in full with interest at a rate of 10.0% per annum on October 7, 2016.
On June 28, 2017, Munish Sood made a non-interest bearing short term loan to Advantis Certified Staffing Solutions, Inc., one of the Company’s portfolio companies, in the amount of $89,225 for a short term working capital need. The loan was repaid without interest on July 5, 2017.
Gregory J. Cannella served as the Chief Financial Officer of Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. (“RSG”), one of the Company’s portfolio companies, until September 24, 2015. He had a stock option agreement with RSG, granted on January 28, 2013, with the right to earn up to 103.8961 shares or approximately 8% of RSG. This stock option agreement was canceled on May 12, 2015 with no consideration coming from RSG or the Company.
- 75 -
In May 2015, RSG created a wholly owned subsidiary, Southwest Hospitality Group, LLC (“SHG”), for the purpose of entering into franchise agreement with a new restaurant group. In July 2015, SHG was transferred to Sivco, Inc. and then signed a franchise agreement with this new restaurant group. Sivco, Inc. is majority owned and controlled by Alfred Jackson, a former Director of the Company and minority-owned by Munish Sood, a Director, President and CEO of the Company.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, Mr. Bernard L. Brodkorb, who was a Director of Regal One Corporation, received $16,170, respectively, in fee compensation for providing accounting and financial reporting services not related to his duties as a Director of Regal One Corporation and no compensation for being a Director.
Director Independence
In accordance with rules of the NASDAQ, the board of directors annually determines the independence of each director. No director is considered independent unless the board of directors has determined that he or she has no material relationship with the Company. The Company monitors the status of its directors and officers through the activities of the Company’s nominating and corporate governance committee and through a questionnaire to be completed by each director no less frequently than annually, with updates periodically if information provided in the most recent questionnaire has changed.
In order to evaluate the materiality of any such relationship, the board of directors uses the definition of director independence set forth in the rules promulgated by the NASDAQ Stock Market. Rule 5605(a)(2) provides that a director of a BDC shall be considered to be independent if he or she is not an “interested person” of the Company, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act defines an “interested person” to include, among other things, any person who has, or within the last two years had, a material business or professional relationship with the Company.
The board of directors has determined that each of the directors is independent and has no relationship with the Company, except as a director and stockholder of the Company, with the exception of Messrs. Jackson, Sood and DiSalvo. Mr. Jackson was an interested person of the Company due to his interests in Princeton Investment Advisors. Mr. Sood is an interested person of the Company due to his interests in Princeton Investment Advisors, our former investment advisor, and Princeton Advisory Group, our new investment advisor, and his position as Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Mr. DiSalvo is an interested person of the Company due to his interests in Sema4, Inc., the general partner of Capital Point Partners, LP and Capital Point Partners II, LP, which own approximately 87% and 9% of our common stock, respectively.
Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANTS FEES AND SERVICES
The following table presents fees for professional services for fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 rendered by Boulay PLLP for the period from January 1, 2015 to June 18, 2015, and by Crowe Horwath LLP for the period from June 19, 2015 through October 19, 2015, the periods they were engaged as the Company’s auditors.
Fiscal year Ended December 31,
|
||||
Audit Fees | $ | 157,595 | ||
Audit-Related Fees | - | |||
Tax Fees | - | |||
All Other Fees | - | |||
Total Fees | $ | 157,595 |
- 76 -
The following table presents fees for professional services for fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 rendered by WithumSmith+Brown, PC for the period from March 15, 2016 to December 31, 2016, the period they were engaged as the Company’s auditors.
Fiscal year Ended December 31,
|
||||
Audit Fees | $ | 245,813 | ||
Audit-Related Fees | - | |||
Tax Fees | - | |||
All Other Fees | - | |||
Total Fees | $ | 245,813 |
Services rendered by the above accounting firms in connection with fees presented above were as follows:
Audit Fees. Audit fees include fees for services that normally would be provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements and that generally only the independent accountant can provide. In addition to fees for the audit of our annual financial statements, the audit of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and the review of our quarterly financial statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, this category contains fees for comfort letters, statutory audits, consents, and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC.
Audit-Related Fees. Audit related fees are assurance related services that traditionally are performed by the independent accountant, such as attest services that are not required by statute or regulation.
Tax Fees. Tax fees include professional fees for tax compliance and tax advice.
All Other Fees. Fees for other services would include fees for products and services other than the services reported above.
Recent Change in Auditor
As disclosed on our Form 8-K filed by the Company on June 25, 2015, the Company informed Boulay PLLP (“Boulay”) that it was being dismissed as the Company’s independent auditors for the 2015 fiscal year on June 19, 2015. The Audit Committee subsequently appointed Crowe Horwath LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as the Company’s independent auditors for the 2015 fiscal year on June 19, 2015. On October 19, 2015 Crowe Horwath informed the Company that it is resigning as the Company’s independent public accounting firm effective as of October 19, 2015. Crowe Horwath did not render an opinion of the Company’s financial statements.
In connection with interim period preceding Boulay’s dismissal, there were: (i) no disagreements with Boulay on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Boulay would have caused Boulay to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with its reports, and (ii) no reportable events of the type listed in paragraphs (A) through (D) of Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.
During the Company’s interim period preceding Boulay’s dismissal, the Company has not consulted Crowe Horwath regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specific transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered with respect to the Company’s financial statements; or (ii) any matter that was the subject of a “disagreement” or “reportable event” as those terms are defined in Item 304(a)(1) of Regulation S-K; and there was neither a written report nor oral advice provided to the Company by Crowe Horwath that Crowe Horwath concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to any auditing or financial reporting issue.
On March 15, 2016, and effective the same date, the Audit Committee authorized and approved the engagement of WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”), as its independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015 and to perform procedures related to the financial statements included in the Company’s quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, beginning with the quarter ended March 31, 2015. During the Company’s fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and through the interim period preceding Withum’s engagement, the Company has not consulted Withum regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specific transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered with respect to the Company’s financial statements; or (ii) any matter that was the subject of a “disagreement” or “reportable event” as those terms are defined in Item 304(a)(1) of Regulation S-K; and there was neither a written report nor oral advice provided to the Company by Withum that Withum concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to any auditing or financial reporting issue.
- 77 -
Pre-Approval Policy
The Audit Committee has established a pre-approval policy that describes the permitted audit, audit-related, tax and other services to be provided by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The policy requires that the Audit Committee pre-approve all audit and non-audit services performed by the independent auditor in order to assure that the provision of such service does not impair the auditor’s independence. In accordance with the pre-approval policy, the Audit Committee includes every year a discussion and pre-approval of such services and the expected costs of such services for the year.
Any requests for audit, audit-related, tax and other services that have not received general pre-approval at the first Audit Committee meeting of the year must be submitted to the Audit Committee for specific pre-approval, irrespective of the amount, and cannot commence until such approval has been granted. Normally, pre-approval is provided at regularly scheduled meetings of the Audit Committee. However, the Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to one or more of its members. The member or members to whom such authority is delegated shall report any pre-approval decisions to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. The Audit Committee does not delegate its responsibilities to pre-approve services performed by the independent registered public accounting firm to management.
- 78 -
Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
a. | Documents Filed as Part of this Report |
The following financial statements are set forth in Item 8:
b. | Exhibits |
The following exhibits are filed as part of this report or hereby incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the SEC:
* | Filed herewith. |
- 79 -
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Princeton Capital Corporation | ||
By: | /s/ Mark S. DiSalvo | |
Mark S. DiSalvo | ||
Interim Chief Executive Officer |
Dated: April 5, 2018
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
NAME | TITLE | DATE | ||
/s/ Mark S. DiSalvo | Interim Chief Executive Officer and Director, | April 5, 2018 | ||
Mark S. DiSalvo | (Principal Executive Officer) | |||
/s/ Gregory J. Cannella | Chief Financial Officer | April 5, 2018 | ||
Gregory J. Cannella | (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | |||
/s/ Darren Stainrod | Director | April 5, 2018 | ||
Darren Stainrod | ||||
/s/ Martin Laidlaw | Director | April 5, 2018 | ||
Martin Laidlaw | ||||
/s/ Greg Bennett | Director | April 5, 2018 | ||
Greg Bennett |
- 80 -
Exhibit 10.7
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 19th day of January, 2016, by and between Princeton Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and Darren Stainrod, a resident of the Grand Cayman Islands (“Indemnitee”).
WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as a director of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of such service;
WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity, the Company has agreed to indemnify Indemnitee and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent permitted by law; and
WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) “Change in Control” means a change in control of the Company occurring after the Effective Date of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if, after the Effective Date (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of all of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors without the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such person’s attaining such percentage interest; (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, plan of liquidation or other reorganization not approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, as a consequence of which members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of Directors thereafter; or (iii) at any time, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not individuals (A) who were directors as of the Effective Date or (B) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors as of the Effective Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved .
(b) “Corporate Status” means the status of a person as a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company: (i) if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (1) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is or was owned directly or indirectly by the Company or (2) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company and (ii) if, as a result of Indemnitee’s service to the Company or any of its affiliated entities, Indemnitee is subject to duties by, or required to perform services for, an employee benefit plan or its participants or beneficiaries, including as deemed fiduciary thereof.
(c) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is sought by Indemnitee.
(d) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
(e) “Expenses” means any and all reasonable and out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses shall also include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
(f) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to or participant or witness in the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
- 2 - |
(g) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, except one pending or completed on or before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee. If Indemnitee reasonably believes that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, such situation shall also be considered a Proceeding.
Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee will serve in the capacity or capacities set forth in the first WHEREAS clause above. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.
Section 3. General . The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement, (b) as provided in the Company’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement and (c) otherwise to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect on the Effective Date and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Maryland law as in effect on the Effective Date. The rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), including, without limitation, Section 2-418 of the MGCL.
Section 4. Standard for Indemnification . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any such Proceeding unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.
Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:
(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is adjudged, in a final adjudication of the Proceeding not subject to further appeal, to be liable to the Company;
(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is adjudged, in a final adjudication of the Proceeding not subject to further appeal, to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status; or
- 3 - |
(c) indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by Indemnitee, unless: (i) the Proceeding was brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement, and then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 12 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Company’s charter or Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors or an agreement approved by the Board of Directors to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise.
Section 6. Court-Ordered Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of Indemnitee and such notice as the court shall require, may order indemnification of Indemnitee by the Company in the following circumstances:
(a) if such court determines that Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover the Expenses of securing such reimbursement; or
(b) if such court determines that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such indemnification as the court shall deem proper without regard to any limitation on such court-ordered indemnification contemplated by Section 2-418(d)(2)(ii) of the MGCL.
Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of an Indemnitee Who is Wholly or Partially Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, made a party to (or otherwise becomes a participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 7 for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each such claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. For purposes of this Section 7 and, without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
- 4 - |
Section 8. Advance of Expenses for Indemnitee . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall, without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification hereunder, advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding. The Company shall make such advance within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding and may be in the form of, in the reasonable discretion of the Indemnitee (but without duplication) (a) payment of such Expenses directly to third parties on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance of funds to Indemnitee in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses or (c) reimbursement to Indemnitee for Indemnitee’s payment of such Expenses. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by Indemnitee and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof. To the extent that Expenses advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. The undertaking required by this Section 8 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.
Section 9. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses as a Witness or Other Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or may be, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, made a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding, whether instituted by the Company or any other person, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be advanced and indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting any such advance or indemnification from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. In connection with any such advance of Expenses, the Company may require Indemnitee to provide an undertaking and affirmation substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .
(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee may submit one or more such requests from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in Indemnitee’s sole discretion. The officer of the Company receiving any such request from Indemnitee shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.
- 5 - |
(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) above, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control has occurred, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, which Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control has not occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors or, by the majority vote of a group of Disinterested Directors designated by the Disinterested Directors to make the determination, (B) if Independent Counsel has been selected by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL and approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (C) if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company, other than directors or officers who are parties to the Proceeding. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall make payment to Indemnitee within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary or appropriate to such determination in the discretion of the Board of Directors or Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 10(b). Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(c) The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel, if one is appointed.
Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .
(a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of overcoming that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.
(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any other right to indemnification under this Agreement.
- 6 - |
Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .
(a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Sections 7 or 9 of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any other section of this Agreement or the charter or Bylaws of the Company is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court located in the State of Maryland, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, or in an arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification or advance of Expenses. Indemnitee shall commence a proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under Section 7 of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Maryland law (without regard to its conflicts of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
(b) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed). The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification that was not disclosed in connection with the determination.
- 7 - |
(d) In the event that Indemnitee is successful in seeking, pursuant to this Section 12, a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.
(e) Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the maximum rate allowed to be charged for judgments under the Courts and Judicial Proceedings Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland for amounts which the Company pays or is obligated to pay for the period (i) commencing with either the tenth day after the date on which the Company was requested to advance Expenses in accordance with Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement or the 60 th day after the date on which the Company was requested to make the determination of entitlement to indemnification under Section 10(b) of this Agreement, as applicable, and (ii) ending on the date such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.
Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .
(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder and shall include with such notice a description of the nature of the Proceeding and a summary of the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced.
(b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 13(b) and of Section 13(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within 15 calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 13(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, or (iii) would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This Section 13(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 12 of this Agreement.
- 8 - |
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that Indemnitee may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 12(d) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.
Section 14. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .
(a) The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the charter or Bylaws of the Company, any agreement or a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors, or otherwise. Unless consented to in writing by Indemnitee, no amendment, alteration or repeal of the charter or Bylaws of the Company, this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, regardless of whether a claim with respect to such action or inaction is raised prior or subsequent to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prohibit the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
- 9 - |
Section 15. Insurance .
(a) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire directors and officers liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and covering the Company for any indemnification or advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall maintain in force any and all directors and officers liability insurance policies that were maintained by the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control for a period of six years with the insurance carrier or carriers and through the insurance broker in place at the time of the Change in Control; provided, however, (i) if the carriers will not offer the same policy and an expiring policy needs to be replaced, a policy substantially comparable in scope and amount shall be obtained and (ii) if any replacement insurance carrier is necessary to obtain a policy substantially comparable in scope and amount, such insurance carrier shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best rating of the existing insurance carrier; provided, further, however, in no event shall the Company be required to expend in the aggregate in excess of 250% of the annual premium or premiums paid by the Company for directors and officers liability insurance in effect on the date of the Change in Control. In the event that 250% of the annual premium paid by the Company for such existing directors and officers liability insurance is insufficient for such coverage, the Company shall spend up to that amount to purchase such lesser coverage as may be obtained with such amount.
(b) Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee which would otherwise be indemnifiable hereunder arising out of the amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance referred to in Section 15(a). The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company or Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.
(c) The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Company or any insurance carrier of the Company with respect to any Proceeding.
Section 16. Coordination of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
Section 17. Contribution . If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable in whole or in part and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason, other than for failure to satisfy the standard of conduct set forth in Section 4 or due to the provisions of Section 5, then, in respect to any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying and holding harmless Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, penalties, and/or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.
- 10 - |
Section 18. Reports to Stockholders . To the extent required by the MGCL, the Company shall report in writing to its stockholders the payment of any amounts for indemnification of, or advance of Expenses to, Indemnitee under this Agreement arising out of a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company with the notice of the meeting of stockholders of the Company next following the date of the payment of any such indemnification or advance of Expenses or prior to such meeting.
Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .
(a) This Agreement shall continue until and terminate on the later of (i) the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company and (ii) the date that Indemnitee is no longer subject to any actual or possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement).
(b) The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.
(c) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
- 11 - |
(d) The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. Indemnitee shall further be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertakings in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that, in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.
Section 20. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
Section 21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, (delivery of which may be by facsimile, or via e-mail as a portable document format (.pdf) or other electronic format), each of which will be deemed to be an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. One such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
Section 22. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
Section 23. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor, unless otherwise expressly stated, shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
- 12 - |
Section 24. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, on the day of such delivery, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:
(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.
(b) If to the Company, to:
Princeton Capital Corporation
4422 Route 27
Building C, Suite 1 Box 89
Kingston, NJ 08528-0089
Attn: Munish Sood
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Shapiro Sher Guinot & Sandler, P.A.
250 West Pratt Street
Suite 2000
Baltimore, MD 21201
Attn: William E. Carlson
or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
Section 25. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
- 13 - |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
COMPANY : | ||
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION | ||
By: | /s/ Munish Sood | |
Name: | Munish Sood | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
INDEMNITEE: | ||
/s/ Darren Stainrod | ||
Name: | Darren Stainrod | |
Address: 316 Patricks Avenue, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands |
- 14 - |
EXHIBIT A
AFFIRMATION AND UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED
To: The Board of Directors of Princeton Capital Corporation
Re: Affirmation and Undertaking
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Affirmation and Undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement dated the 19 th day of January, 2016, by and between Princeton Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Indemnitee (the “Indemnification Agreement”), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with [Description of Proceeding] (the “Proceeding”).
Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.
I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm my good faith belief that at all times, insofar as I was involved as a director of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act with bad faith or active or deliberate dishonesty, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.
In consideration of the advance by the Company for Expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses”), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses relating to the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this ___ day of____________________ , 20____.
Name: |
-15-
Exhibit 10.8
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 19th day of January, 2016, by and between Princeton Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and Martin Laidlaw, a resident of the Grand Cayman Islands (“Indemnitee”).
WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as a director of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of such service;
WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity, the Company has agreed to indemnify Indemnitee and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent permitted by law; and
WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) “Change in Control” means a change in control of the Company occurring after the Effective Date of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if, after the Effective Date (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of all of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors without the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such person’s attaining such percentage interest; (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, plan of liquidation or other reorganization not approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, as a consequence of which members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of Directors thereafter; or (iii) at any time, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not individuals (A) who were directors as of the Effective Date or (B) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors as of the Effective Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved .
(b) “Corporate Status” means the status of a person as a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company: (i) if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (1) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is or was owned directly or indirectly by the Company or (2) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company and (ii) if, as a result of Indemnitee’s service to the Company or any of its affiliated entities, Indemnitee is subject to duties by, or required to perform services for, an employee benefit plan or its participants or beneficiaries, including as deemed fiduciary thereof.
(c) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is sought by Indemnitee.
(d) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
(e) “Expenses” means any and all reasonable and out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses shall also include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
(f) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to or participant or witness in the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
- 2 - |
(g) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, except one pending or completed on or before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee. If Indemnitee reasonably believes that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, such situation shall also be considered a Proceeding.
Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee will serve in the capacity or capacities set forth in the first WHEREAS clause above. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.
Section 3. General . The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement, (b) as provided in the Company’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement and (c) otherwise to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect on the Effective Date and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Maryland law as in effect on the Effective Date. The rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), including, without limitation, Section 2-418 of the MGCL.
Section 4. Standard for Indemnification . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any such Proceeding unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.
Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:
(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is adjudged, in a final adjudication of the Proceeding not subject to further appeal, to be liable to the Company;
- 3 - |
(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is adjudged, in a final adjudication of the Proceeding not subject to further appeal, to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status; or
(c) indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by Indemnitee, unless: (i) the Proceeding was brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement, and then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 12 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Company’s charter or Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors or an agreement approved by the Board of Directors to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise.
Section 6. Court-Ordered Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of Indemnitee and such notice as the court shall require, may order indemnification of Indemnitee by the Company in the following circumstances:
(a) if such court determines that Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover the Expenses of securing such reimbursement; or
(b) if such court determines that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such indemnification as the court shall deem proper without regard to any limitation on such court-ordered indemnification contemplated by Section 2-418(d)(2)(ii) of the MGCL.
Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of an Indemnitee Who is Wholly or Partially Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, made a party to (or otherwise becomes a participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 7 for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each such claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. For purposes of this Section 7 and, without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
- 4 - |
Section 8. Advance of Expenses for Indemnitee . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall, without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification hereunder, advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding. The Company shall make such advance within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding and may be in the form of, in the reasonable discretion of the Indemnitee (but without duplication) (a) payment of such Expenses directly to third parties on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance of funds to Indemnitee in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses or (c) reimbursement to Indemnitee for Indemnitee’s payment of such Expenses. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by Indemnitee and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof. To the extent that Expenses advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. The undertaking required by this Section 8 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.
Section 9. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses as a Witness or Other Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or may be, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, made a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding, whether instituted by the Company or any other person, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be advanced and indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting any such advance or indemnification from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. In connection with any such advance of Expenses, the Company may require Indemnitee to provide an undertaking and affirmation substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .
(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee may submit one or more such requests from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in Indemnitee’s sole discretion. The officer of the Company receiving any such request from Indemnitee shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.
- 5 - |
(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) above, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control has occurred, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, which Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control has not occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors or, by the majority vote of a group of Disinterested Directors designated by the Disinterested Directors to make the determination, (B) if Independent Counsel has been selected by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL and approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (C) if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company, other than directors or officers who are parties to the Proceeding. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall make payment to Indemnitee within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary or appropriate to such determination in the discretion of the Board of Directors or Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 10(b). Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(c) The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel, if one is appointed.
Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .
(a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of overcoming that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.
(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any other right to indemnification under this Agreement.
- 6 - |
Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .
(a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Sections 7 or 9 of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any other section of this Agreement or the charter or Bylaws of the Company is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court located in the State of Maryland, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, or in an arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification or advance of Expenses. Indemnitee shall commence a proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under Section 7 of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Maryland law (without regard to its conflicts of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
(b) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed). The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification that was not disclosed in connection with the determination.
- 7 - |
(d) In the event that Indemnitee is successful in seeking, pursuant to this Section 12, a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.
(e) Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the maximum rate allowed to be charged for judgments under the Courts and Judicial Proceedings Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland for amounts which the Company pays or is obligated to pay for the period (i) commencing with either the tenth day after the date on which the Company was requested to advance Expenses in accordance with Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement or the 60 th day after the date on which the Company was requested to make the determination of entitlement to indemnification under Section 10(b) of this Agreement, as applicable, and (ii) ending on the date such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.
Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .
(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder and shall include with such notice a description of the nature of the Proceeding and a summary of the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced.
(b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 13(b) and of Section 13(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within 15 calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 13(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, or (iii) would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This Section 13(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 12 of this Agreement.
- 8 - |
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that Indemnitee may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 12(d) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.
Section 14. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .
(a) The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the charter or Bylaws of the Company, any agreement or a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors, or otherwise. Unless consented to in writing by Indemnitee, no amendment, alteration or repeal of the charter or Bylaws of the Company, this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, regardless of whether a claim with respect to such action or inaction is raised prior or subsequent to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prohibit the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
- 9 - |
Section 15. Insurance .
(a) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire directors and officers liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and covering the Company for any indemnification or advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall maintain in force any and all directors and officers liability insurance policies that were maintained by the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control for a period of six years with the insurance carrier or carriers and through the insurance broker in place at the time of the Change in Control; provided, however, (i) if the carriers will not offer the same policy and an expiring policy needs to be replaced, a policy substantially comparable in scope and amount shall be obtained and (ii) if any replacement insurance carrier is necessary to obtain a policy substantially comparable in scope and amount, such insurance carrier shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best rating of the existing insurance carrier; provided, further, however, in no event shall the Company be required to expend in the aggregate in excess of 250% of the annual premium or premiums paid by the Company for directors and officers liability insurance in effect on the date of the Change in Control. In the event that 250% of the annual premium paid by the Company for such existing directors and officers liability insurance is insufficient for such coverage, the Company shall spend up to that amount to purchase such lesser coverage as may be obtained with such amount.
(b) Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee which would otherwise be indemnifiable hereunder arising out of the amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance referred to in Section 15(a). The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company or Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.
(c) The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Company or any insurance carrier of the Company with respect to any Proceeding.
Section 16. Coordination of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
Section 17. Contribution . If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable in whole or in part and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason, other than for failure to satisfy the standard of conduct set forth in Section 4 or due to the provisions of Section 5, then, in respect to any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying and holding harmless Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, penalties, and/or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.
- 10 - |
Section 18. Reports to Stockholders . To the extent required by the MGCL, the Company shall report in writing to its stockholders the payment of any amounts for indemnification of, or advance of Expenses to, Indemnitee under this Agreement arising out of a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company with the notice of the meeting of stockholders of the Company next following the date of the payment of any such indemnification or advance of Expenses or prior to such meeting.
Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .
(a) This Agreement shall continue until and terminate on the later of (i) the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company and (ii) the date that Indemnitee is no longer subject to any actual or possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement).
(b) The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.
(c) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
- 11 - |
(d) The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. Indemnitee shall further be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertakings in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that, in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.
Section 20. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
Section 21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, (delivery of which may be by facsimile, or via e-mail as a portable document format (.pdf) or other electronic format), each of which will be deemed to be an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. One such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
Section 22. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
Section 23. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor, unless otherwise expressly stated, shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
- 12 - |
Section 24. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, on the day of such delivery, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:
(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.
(b) If to the Company, to:
Princeton Capital Corporation
4422 Route 27
Building C, Suite 1 Box 89
Kingston, NJ 08528-0089
Attn: Munish Sood
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Shapiro Sher Guinot & Sandler, P.A.
250 West Pratt Street
Suite 2000
Baltimore, MD 21201
Attn: William E. Carlson
or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
Section 25. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
- 13 - |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
COMPANY : | ||
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION | ||
By: | /s/ Munish Sood | |
Name: | Munish Sood | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
INDEMNITEE: | ||
/s/ Martin Laidlaw | ||
Name: | Martin Laidlaw | |
Address: | Windward 1, Regatta Office Park | |
PO Box 30100 | ||
Grand Cayman | ||
KY1 1201 | ||
Cayman Islands |
EXHIBIT A
AFFIRMATION AND UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED
To: The Board of Directors of Princeton Capital Corporation
Re: Affirmation and Undertaking
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Affirmation and Undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement dated the 19 th day of January, 2016, by and between Princeton Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Indemnitee (the “Indemnification Agreement”), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with [Description of Proceeding] (the “Proceeding”).
Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.
I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm my good faith belief that at all times, insofar as I was involved as a director of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act with bad faith or active or deliberate dishonesty, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.
In consideration of the advance by the Company for Expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses”), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses relating to the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this ___ day of____________________ , 20____.
Name: |
Exhibit 10.9
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 9th day of June, 2016, on this 28 th day of September, 2017, by and between Princeton Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and Mark S. DiSalvo, a Massachusetts resident (“Indemnitee”).
WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as a director of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of such service;
WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity, the Company has agreed to indemnify Indemnitee and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent permitted by law; and
WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) “Change in Control” means a change in control of the Company occurring after the Effective Date of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if, after the Effective Date (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of all of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors without the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such person’s attaining such percentage interest; (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, plan of liquidation or other reorganization not approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, as a consequence of which members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of Directors thereafter; or (iii) at any time, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not individuals (A) who were directors as of the Effective Date or (B) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors as of the Effective Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved .
(b) “Corporate Status” means the status of a person as a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company: (i) if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (1) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is or was owned directly or indirectly by the Company or (2) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company and (ii) if, as a result of Indemnitee’s service to the Company or any of its affiliated entities, Indemnitee is subject to duties by, or required to perform services for, an employee benefit plan or its participants or beneficiaries, including as deemed fiduciary thereof.
(c) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is sought by Indemnitee.
(d) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
(e) “Expenses” means any and all reasonable and out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses shall also include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
(f) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to or participant or witness in the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
- 2 - |
(g) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, except one pending or completed on or before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee. If Indemnitee reasonably believes that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, such situation shall also be considered a Proceeding.
Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee will serve in the capacity or capacities set forth in the first WHEREAS clause above. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.
Section 3. General . The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement, (b) as provided in the Company’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement and (c) otherwise to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect on the Effective Date and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Maryland law as in effect on the Effective Date. The rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), including, without limitation, Section 2-418 of the MGCL.
Section 4. Standard for Indemnification . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any such Proceeding unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.
Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:
(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is adjudged, in a final adjudication of the Proceeding not subject to further appeal, to be liable to the Company;
(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is adjudged, in a final adjudication of the Proceeding not subject to further appeal, to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status; or
- 3 - |
(c) indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by Indemnitee, unless: (i) the Proceeding was brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement, and then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 12 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Company’s charter or Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors or an agreement approved by the Board of Directors to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise.
Section 6. Court-Ordered Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of Indemnitee and such notice as the court shall require, may order indemnification of Indemnitee by the Company in the following circumstances:
(a) if such court determines that Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover the Expenses of securing such reimbursement; or
(b) if such court determines that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such indemnification as the court shall deem proper without regard to any limitation on such court-ordered indemnification contemplated by Section 2-418(d)(2)(ii) of the MGCL.
Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of an Indemnitee Who is Wholly or Partially Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, made a party to (or otherwise becomes a participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 7 for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each such claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. For purposes of this Section 7 and, without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
- 4 - |
Section 8. Advance of Expenses for Indemnitee . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall, without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification hereunder, advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding. The Company shall make such advance within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding and may be in the form of, in the reasonable discretion of the Indemnitee (but without duplication) (a) payment of such Expenses directly to third parties on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance of funds to Indemnitee in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses or (c) reimbursement to Indemnitee for Indemnitee’s payment of such Expenses. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by Indemnitee and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof. To the extent that Expenses advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. The undertaking required by this Section 8 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.
Section 9. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses as a Witness or Other Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or may be, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, made a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding, whether instituted by the Company or any other person, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be advanced and indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting any such advance or indemnification from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. In connection with any such advance of Expenses, the Company may require Indemnitee to provide an undertaking and affirmation substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .
(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee may submit one or more such requests from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in Indemnitee’s sole discretion. The officer of the Company receiving any such request from Indemnitee shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.
- 5 - |
(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) above, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control has occurred, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, which Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control has not occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors or, by the majority vote of a group of Disinterested Directors designated by the Disinterested Directors to make the determination, (B) if Independent Counsel has been selected by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL and approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (C) if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company, other than directors or officers who are parties to the Proceeding. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall make payment to Indemnitee within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary or appropriate to such determination in the discretion of the Board of Directors or Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 10(b). Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(c) The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel, if one is appointed.
Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .
(a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of overcoming that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.
(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any other right to indemnification under this Agreement.
- 6 - |
Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .
(a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Sections 7 or 9 of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any other section of this Agreement or the charter or Bylaws of the Company is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court located in the State of Maryland, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, or in an arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification or advance of Expenses. Indemnitee shall commence a proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under Section 7 of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Maryland law (without regard to its conflicts of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
(b) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed). The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification that was not disclosed in connection with the determination.
- 7 - |
(d) In the event that Indemnitee is successful in seeking, pursuant to this Section 12, a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.
(e) Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the maximum rate allowed to be charged for judgments under the Courts and Judicial Proceedings Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland for amounts which the Company pays or is obligated to pay for the period (i) commencing with either the tenth day after the date on which the Company was requested to advance Expenses in accordance with Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement or the 60 th day after the date on which the Company was requested to make the determination of entitlement to indemnification under Section 10(b) of this Agreement, as applicable, and (ii) ending on the date such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.
Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .
(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder and shall include with such notice a description of the nature of the Proceeding and a summary of the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced.
(b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 13(b) and of Section 13(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within 15 calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 13(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, or (iii) would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This Section 13(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 12 of this Agreement.
- 8 - |
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that Indemnitee may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 12(d) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.
Section 14. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .
(a) The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the charter or Bylaws of the Company, any agreement or a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors, or otherwise. Unless consented to in writing by Indemnitee, no amendment, alteration or repeal of the charter or Bylaws of the Company, this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, regardless of whether a claim with respect to such action or inaction is raised prior or subsequent to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prohibit the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
- 9 - |
Section 15. Insurance .
(a) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire directors and officers liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and covering the Company for any indemnification or advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall maintain in force any and all directors and officers liability insurance policies that were maintained by the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control for a period of six years with the insurance carrier or carriers and through the insurance broker in place at the time of the Change in Control; provided, however, (i) if the carriers will not offer the same policy and an expiring policy needs to be replaced, a policy substantially comparable in scope and amount shall be obtained and (ii) if any replacement insurance carrier is necessary to obtain a policy substantially comparable in scope and amount, such insurance carrier shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best rating of the existing insurance carrier; provided, further, however, in no event shall the Company be required to expend in the aggregate in excess of 250% of the annual premium or premiums paid by the Company for directors and officers liability insurance in effect on the date of the Change in Control. In the event that 250% of the annual premium paid by the Company for such existing directors and officers liability insurance is insufficient for such coverage, the Company shall spend up to that amount to purchase such lesser coverage as may be obtained with such amount.
(b) Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee which would otherwise be indemnifiable hereunder arising out of the amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance referred to in Section 15(a). The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company or Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.
(c) The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Company or any insurance carrier of the Company with respect to any Proceeding.
Section 16. Coordination of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
Section 17. Contribution . If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable in whole or in part and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason, other than for failure to satisfy the standard of conduct set forth in Section 4 or due to the provisions of Section 5, then, in respect to any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying and holding harmless Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, penalties, and/or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.
- 10 - |
Section 18. Reports to Stockholders . To the extent required by the MGCL, the Company shall report in writing to its stockholders the payment of any amounts for indemnification of, or advance of Expenses to, Indemnitee under this Agreement arising out of a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company with the notice of the meeting of stockholders of the Company next following the date of the payment of any such indemnification or advance of Expenses or prior to such meeting.
Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .
(a) This Agreement shall continue until and terminate on the later of (i) the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company and (ii) the date that Indemnitee is no longer subject to any actual or possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement).
(b) The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.
(c) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
- 11 - |
(d) The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. Indemnitee shall further be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertakings in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that, in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.
Section 20. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
Section 21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, (delivery of which may be by facsimile, or via e-mail as a portable document format (.pdf) or other electronic format), each of which will be deemed to be an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. One such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
Section 22. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
Section 23. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor, unless otherwise expressly stated, shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
- 12 - |
Section 24. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, on the day of such delivery, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:
(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.
(b) If to the Company, to:
Princeton
Capital Corporation
700 Alexander Park
Suite 103
Princeton,
New Jersey 08540
Attn: Gregory Cannella
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Shapiro Sher Guinot & Sandler, P.A.
250 West Pratt Street
Suite 2000
Baltimore, MD 21201
Attn: William E. Carlson
or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
Section 25. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
- 13 - |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
COMPANY: | ||
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION | ||
By: | /s/ Gregory Cannella | |
Name: | Gregory Cannella | |
Title: | Treasurer, Secretary, and Chief Financial Officer | |
INDEMNITEE: | ||
/s/ Mark S. DiSalvo | ||
Name: | Mark S. DiSalvo | |
Address: c/o Sema4, Inc. | ||
800 Turnpike Street, Suite 300 | ||
North Andover, MA 01845 |
EXHIBIT A
AFFIRMATION AND UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED
To: The Board of Directors of Princeton Capital Corporation
Re: Affirmation and Undertaking
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Affirmation and Undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement dated the 9 th day of June, 2016, by and between Princeton Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Indemnitee (the “Indemnification Agreement”), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with [Description of Proceeding] (the “Proceeding”).
Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.
I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm my good faith belief that at all times, insofar as I was involved as a director of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act with bad faith or active or deliberate dishonesty, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.
In consideration of the advance by the Company for Expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses”), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses relating to the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this ___ day of____________________ , 20____.
Name: |
Exhibit 10.10
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 9th day of June, 2016, on this 28 day of September, 2017, by and between Princeton Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and Greg Bennett, a resident of the Grand Cayman Islands (“Indemnitee”).
WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as a director of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of such service;
WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity, the Company has agreed to indemnify Indemnitee and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent permitted by law; and
WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) “Change in Control” means a change in control of the Company occurring after the Effective Date of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if, after the Effective Date (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of all of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors without the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such person’s attaining such percentage interest; (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, plan of liquidation or other reorganization not approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, as a consequence of which members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of Directors thereafter; or (iii) at any time, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not individuals (A) who were directors as of the Effective Date or (B) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors as of the Effective Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved .
(b) “Corporate Status” means the status of a person as a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company: (i) if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (1) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is or was owned directly or indirectly by the Company or (2) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company and (ii) if, as a result of Indemnitee’s service to the Company or any of its affiliated entities, Indemnitee is subject to duties by, or required to perform services for, an employee benefit plan or its participants or beneficiaries, including as deemed fiduciary thereof.
(c) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is sought by Indemnitee.
(d) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
(e) “Expenses” means any and all reasonable and out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses shall also include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
(f) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to or participant or witness in the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
- 2 - |
(g) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, except one pending or completed on or before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee. If Indemnitee reasonably believes that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, such situation shall also be considered a Proceeding.
Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee will serve in the capacity or capacities set forth in the first WHEREAS clause above. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.
Section 3. General . The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement, (b) as provided in the Company’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement and (c) otherwise to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect on the Effective Date and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Maryland law as in effect on the Effective Date. The rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), including, without limitation, Section 2-418 of the MGCL.
Section 4. Standard for Indemnification . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any such Proceeding unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.
Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:
(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is adjudged, in a final adjudication of the Proceeding not subject to further appeal, to be liable to the Company;
- 3 - |
(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is adjudged, in a final adjudication of the Proceeding not subject to further appeal, to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status; or
(c) indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by Indemnitee, unless: (i) the Proceeding was brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement, and then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 12 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Company’s charter or Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors or an agreement approved by the Board of Directors to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise.
Section 6. Court-Ordered Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of Indemnitee and such notice as the court shall require, may order indemnification of Indemnitee by the Company in the following circumstances:
(a) if such court determines that Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover the Expenses of securing such reimbursement; or
(b) if such court determines that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such indemnification as the court shall deem proper without regard to any limitation on such court-ordered indemnification contemplated by Section 2-418(d)(2)(ii) of the MGCL.
Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of an Indemnitee Who is Wholly or Partially Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, made a party to (or otherwise becomes a participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 7 for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each such claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. For purposes of this Section 7 and, without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
- 4 - |
Section 8. Advance of Expenses for Indemnitee . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall, without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification hereunder, advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding. The Company shall make such advance within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding and may be in the form of, in the reasonable discretion of the Indemnitee (but without duplication) (a) payment of such Expenses directly to third parties on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance of funds to Indemnitee in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses or (c) reimbursement to Indemnitee for Indemnitee’s payment of such Expenses. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by Indemnitee and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof. To the extent that Expenses advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. The undertaking required by this Section 8 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.
Section 9. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses as a Witness or Other Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or may be, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, made a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding, whether instituted by the Company or any other person, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be advanced and indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting any such advance or indemnification from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. In connection with any such advance of Expenses, the Company may require Indemnitee to provide an undertaking and affirmation substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .
(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee may submit one or more such requests from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in Indemnitee’s sole discretion. The officer of the Company receiving any such request from Indemnitee shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.
- 5 - |
(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) above, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control has occurred, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, which Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control has not occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors or, by the majority vote of a group of Disinterested Directors designated by the Disinterested Directors to make the determination, (B) if Independent Counsel has been selected by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL and approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (C) if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company, other than directors or officers who are parties to the Proceeding. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall make payment to Indemnitee within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary or appropriate to such determination in the discretion of the Board of Directors or Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 10(b). Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(c) The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel, if one is appointed.
Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .
(a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of overcoming that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.
(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any other right to indemnification under this Agreement.
- 6 - |
Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .
(a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Sections 7 or 9 of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any other section of this Agreement or the charter or Bylaws of the Company is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court located in the State of Maryland, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, or in an arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification or advance of Expenses. Indemnitee shall commence a proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under Section 7 of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Maryland law (without regard to its conflicts of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
(b) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed). The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification that was not disclosed in connection with the determination.
- 7 - |
(d) In the event that Indemnitee is successful in seeking, pursuant to this Section 12, a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.
(e) Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the maximum rate allowed to be charged for judgments under the Courts and Judicial Proceedings Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland for amounts which the Company pays or is obligated to pay for the period (i) commencing with either the tenth day after the date on which the Company was requested to advance Expenses in accordance with Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement or the 60 th day after the date on which the Company was requested to make the determination of entitlement to indemnification under Section 10(b) of this Agreement, as applicable, and (ii) ending on the date such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.
Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .
(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder and shall include with such notice a description of the nature of the Proceeding and a summary of the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced.
(b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 13(b) and of Section 13(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within 15 calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 13(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, or (iii) would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This Section 13(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 12 of this Agreement.
- 8 - |
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that Indemnitee may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 12(d) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.
Section 14. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .
(a) The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the charter or Bylaws of the Company, any agreement or a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors, or otherwise. Unless consented to in writing by Indemnitee, no amendment, alteration or repeal of the charter or Bylaws of the Company, this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, regardless of whether a claim with respect to such action or inaction is raised prior or subsequent to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prohibit the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
- 9 - |
Section 15. Insurance .
(a) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire directors and officers liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and covering the Company for any indemnification or advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall maintain in force any and all directors and officers liability insurance policies that were maintained by the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control for a period of six years with the insurance carrier or carriers and through the insurance broker in place at the time of the Change in Control; provided, however, (i) if the carriers will not offer the same policy and an expiring policy needs to be replaced, a policy substantially comparable in scope and amount shall be obtained and (ii) if any replacement insurance carrier is necessary to obtain a policy substantially comparable in scope and amount, such insurance carrier shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best rating of the existing insurance carrier; provided, further, however, in no event shall the Company be required to expend in the aggregate in excess of 250% of the annual premium or premiums paid by the Company for directors and officers liability insurance in effect on the date of the Change in Control. In the event that 250% of the annual premium paid by the Company for such existing directors and officers liability insurance is insufficient for such coverage, the Company shall spend up to that amount to purchase such lesser coverage as may be obtained with such amount.
(b) Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee which would otherwise be indemnifiable hereunder arising out of the amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance referred to in Section 15(a). The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company or Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.
(c) The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Company or any insurance carrier of the Company with respect to any Proceeding.
Section 16. Coordination of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
Section 17. Contribution. If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable in whole or in part and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason, other than for failure to satisfy the standard of conduct set forth in Section 4 or due to the provisions of Section 5, then, in respect to any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying and holding harmless Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, penalties, and/or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.
- 10 - |
Section 18. Reports to Stockholders . To the extent required by the MGCL, the Company shall report in writing to its stockholders the payment of any amounts for indemnification of, or advance of Expenses to, Indemnitee under this Agreement arising out of a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company with the notice of the meeting of stockholders of the Company next following the date of the payment of any such indemnification or advance of Expenses or prior to such meeting.
Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .
(a) This Agreement shall continue until and terminate on the later of (i) the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company and (ii) the date that Indemnitee is no longer subject to any actual or possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement).
(b) The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.
(c) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
- 11 - |
(d) The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. Indemnitee shall further be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertakings in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that, in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.
Section 20. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
Section 21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, (delivery of which may be by facsimile, or via e-mail as a portable document format (.pdf) or other electronic format), each of which will be deemed to be an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. One such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
Section 22. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
Section 23. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor, unless otherwise expressly stated, shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
- 12 - |
Section 24. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, on the day of such delivery, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:
(a) to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.
(b) If to the Company, to:
Princeton Capital Corporation
700 Alexander Park
Suite 103
Princeton, New Jersey 08540
Attn: Gregory Cannella
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Shapiro Sher Guinot & Sandler, P.A.
250 West Pratt Street
Suite 2000
Baltimore, MD 21201
Attn: William E. Carlson
or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
Section 25. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
- 13 - |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
COMPANY: | ||
PRINCETON CAPITAL CORPORATION | ||
By: | /s/ Mark S. DiSalvo | |
Name: | Mark S. DiSalvo | |
Title: | Interim Chief Executive Officer and President | |
INDEMNITEE: | ||
/s/ Greg Bennett | ||
Name: | Greg Bennett | |
Address: | 35 Paradise Close, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands |
EXHIBIT A
AFFIRMATION AND UNDERTAKING TO
REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED
To: The Board of Directors of Princeton Capital Corporation
Re: Affirmation and Undertaking
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Affirmation and Undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement dated the 9 th day of June, 2016, by and between Princeton Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Indemnitee (the “Indemnification Agreement”), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with [Description of Proceeding] (the “Proceeding”).
Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.
I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm my good faith belief that at all times, insofar as I was involved as a director of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act with bad faith or active or deliberate dishonesty, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.
In consideration of the advance by the Company for Expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses”), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses relating to the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this ___ day of____________________ , 20____.
Name: |
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED
I, Mark S. DiSalvo, certify that:
1. | I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Princeton Capital Corporation (the “Registrant”); |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. | The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: |
(a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
(b) | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
(c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
(d) | Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. | The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
(a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
(b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: April 5, 2018 | /s/ Mark S. DiSalvo |
Mark S. DiSalvo | |
Interim Chief Executive Officer | |
(Principal Executive Officer) |
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED
I, Gregory J. Cannella, certify that:
1. | I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Princeton Capital Corporation (the “Registrant”); |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. | The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: |
(a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
(b) | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
(c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
(d) | Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. | The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
(a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
(b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: April 5, 2018 | /s/ Gregory J. Cannella |
Gregory J. Cannella | |
Chief Financial Officer | |
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, who are the Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Princeton Capital Corporation (the “Company”), each hereby certify that to the best of his knowledge (1) this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Annual Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (2) the information contained in this Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: April 5, 2018 | /s/ Mark S. DiSalvo |
Mark S. DiSalvo | |
Interim Chief Executive Officer | |
(Principal Executive Officer) | |
Date: April 5, 2018 | /s/ Gregory J. Cannella |
Gregory J. Cannella | |
Chief Financial Officer | |
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
Exhibit 99.1
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Independent Auditor’s Report and Consolidated Financial Statements
December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015
Contents
Independent Auditor’s Report | 1 | |
Consolidated Financial Statements | ||
Balance Sheets | 3 | |
Statements of Operations | 4 | |
Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Deficit | 5 | |
Statements of Cash Flows | 6 | |
Notes to Financial Statements | 7 |
Independent Auditor’s Report
Board of Directors
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Richardson, Texas
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. and its subsidiary (Company), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholder’s deficit and cash flows for the years ended December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditor’s Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Board of Directors
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Page 2
Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. and its subsidiary as of December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Dallas, Texas
September 26, 2017
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 28, | December 30, | |||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
Assets | ||||||||
Current Assets | ||||||||
Cash | $ | 24,641 | $ | - | ||||
Inventories | 129,318 | 163,521 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets | 29,656 | 311,840 | ||||||
Total current assets | 183,615 | 475,361 | ||||||
Property and Equipment, Net | 3,043,344 | 3,854,875 | ||||||
Other Assets | ||||||||
Intangibles, net | 526,250 | 673,750 | ||||||
Deposits | 64,415 | 64,415 | ||||||
Other | 92,500 | 17,058 | ||||||
Total other assets | 683,165 | 755,223 | ||||||
Total assets | $ | 3,910,124 | $ | 5,085,459 | ||||
Liabilities and Stockholder’s Deficit | ||||||||
Current Liabilities | ||||||||
Bank overdraft | $ | 205,309 | $ | 132,209 | ||||
Related party debt | 8,027,034 | 1,051,000 | ||||||
Accounts payable | 1,855,450 | 1,841,329 | ||||||
Accrued expenses | 403,203 | 781,955 | ||||||
Related party accrued interest | 529,137 | 131,814 | ||||||
Deferred revenue | 30,687 | 25,112 | ||||||
Total current liabilities | 11,050,820 | 3,963,419 | ||||||
Long-term Liabilities | ||||||||
Related party debt | - | 6,164,534 | ||||||
Deferred rent | 510,550 | 517,666 | ||||||
Total long-term liabilities | 510,550 | 6,682,200 | ||||||
Total liabilities | 11,561,370 | 10,645,619 | ||||||
Stockholder’s Deficit | ||||||||
Common stock, $.001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 1,000 shares issued and outstanding | 1 | 1 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital | 9,029,237 | 9,029,237 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit | (16,680,484 | ) | (14,589,398 | ) | ||||
Total stockholder’s deficit | (7,651,246 | ) | (5,560,160 | ) | ||||
Total liabilities and stockholder’s deficit | $ | 3,910,124 | $ | 5,085,459 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
3
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Year Ended | Year Ended | |||||||
December 28, | December 30, | |||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
Restaurant Revenue | $ | 19,990,193 | $ | 21,367,068 | ||||
Cost of Revenues | 6,452,953 | 7,100,410 | ||||||
Gross profit | 13,537,240 | 14,266,658 | ||||||
Operating Costs and Expenses | ||||||||
Restaurant expenses | 11,804,952 | 12,453,887 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and intangibles | 884,322 | 759,704 | ||||||
Impairment loss | 192,728 | - | ||||||
General and administrative | 1,687,292 | 1,741,870 | ||||||
Total operating costs and expenses | 14,569,294 | 14,955,461 | ||||||
Operating Loss | (1,032,054 | ) | (688,803 | ) | ||||
Related Party Interest Expense | 1,020,910 | 863,104 | ||||||
Provision for State Income Taxes | 38,122 | 32,000 | ||||||
Net Loss | $ | (2,091,086 | ) | $ | (1,583,907 | ) |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Deficit
Years Ended December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015
Additional | ||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock | Paid-in | Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | Capital | Deficit | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Balance, December 24, 2014 | 1,000 | $ | 1 | $ | 4,712,313 | $ | (13,005,491 | ) | $ | (8,293,177 | ) | |||||||||
Net loss | - | - | - | (1,583,907 | ) | (1,583,907 | ) | |||||||||||||
Debt and accrued interest forgiven by ultimate parent recorded as capital contributions | - | - | 4,316,924 | - | 4,316,924 | |||||||||||||||
Balance, December 30, 2015 | 1,000 | 1 | 9,029,237 | (14,589,398 | ) | (5,560,160 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net loss | - | - | - | (2,091,086 | ) | (2,091,086 | ) | |||||||||||||
Balance, December 28, 2016 | 1,000 | $ | 1 | $ | 9,029,237 | $ | (16,680,484 | ) | $ | (7,651,246 | ) |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Year Ended | Year Ended | |||||||
December 28, | December 30, | |||||||
2016 | 2015 | |||||||
Operating Activities | ||||||||
Net loss | $ | (2,091,086 | ) | $ | (1,583,907 | ) | ||
Items not requiring (providing) cash | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and intangibles | 884,322 | 759,704 | ||||||
Noncash interest expense | 17,058 | 34,612 | ||||||
Impairment loss | 192,728 | - | ||||||
Paid in kind interest on related party debt | 381,500 | 214,534 | ||||||
Changes in | ||||||||
Inventories | 34,203 | 8,592 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets | 282,184 | (298,717 | ) | |||||
Other assets | (92,500 | ) | - | |||||
Accounts payable | 14,121 | 259,221 | ||||||
Accrued expenses | (378,752 | ) | (189,095 | ) | ||||
Deferred revenue | 5,575 | (185 | ) | |||||
Deferred rent | (7,116 | ) | 179,350 | |||||
Related party accrued interest | 397,323 | 455,412 | ||||||
Net cash used in operating activities | (360,440 | ) | (160,479 | ) | ||||
Investing Activities | ||||||||
Purchase of property and equipment | (118,019 | ) | (1,226,199 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (118,019 | ) | (1,226,199 | ) | ||||
Financing Activities | ||||||||
Bank overdraft | 73,100 | 132,209 | ||||||
Proceeds from issuance of related party debt | 430,000 | 1,051,000 | ||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 503,100 | 1,183,209 | ||||||
Increase (Decrease) in Cash | 24,641 | (203,469 | ) | |||||
Cash, Beginning of Period | - | 203,469 | ||||||
Cash, End of Period | $ | 24,641 | $ | - | ||||
Noncash Financing Activities | ||||||||
Related party debt and accrued interest forgiven and recorded as capital contributions | $ | - | $ | 4,316,924 | ||||
Supplemental Cash Flows Information | ||||||||
Interest paid | $ | 206,279 | $ | 154,232 | ||||
State income taxes paid | $ | 57,330 | $ | 30,063 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
6
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015
Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of Operations
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. is a Delaware Corporation formed on June 18, 2008, for the purpose of acquiring the net assets of Rockfish Seafood Grill, LLC on July 28, 2008. The Company currently operates 11 restaurants in Texas under the name Rockfish Seafood Grill. The Company is 100% owned by Rockfish Holdings, LLC (Parent). Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. owns 100% of a subsidiary, Rockfish Beverage Corporation, Inc. (collectively, the Company).
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc. and its 100% owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include, but are not limited to the assessment of recoverability of property and equipment and intangible assets.
Fiscal Year
The Company reports on a 52/53 week period. The year ended December 28, 2016, consisted of 52 weeks and the year ended December 30, 2015, consisted of 53 weeks.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and credit card clearing accounts to be cash equivalents.
Inventory
Inventories consist of food, beverages and alcohol, and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method.
7
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at the fair value established at the date the Company acquired the assets in a business combination or cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is charged to expense on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of each asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the expected lease term or their respective estimated useful lives. The estimated lease term is based on the likely period of the leasing arrangement including renewal periods.
The estimated useful lives for each major depreciable classification of property and equipment are as follows:
Leasehold improvements | 11-15 years | ||
Restaurant equipment | 5-10 years | ||
Furniture, fixtures and computer equipment | 3-7 years |
Intangible Assets
Effective June 28, 2012, the beginning of fiscal 2013, the Company began amortizing the tradename and recipes on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated remaining useful lives. The Company assigned a 10-year life for the tradename and a five-year life for the recipes. During the years ended December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, because of operating performance indicators, the Company determined that impairment indicators did exist and performed an impairment test for its tradename and recipes. That analysis includes estimates such as projected revenues (Level 3 input), royalty rates and discount rates. Management concluded that these assets were not impaired. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity and are significant inputs to the fair value determination of assets or liabilities.
Long-lived Assets Impairment
The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company does not perform a periodic assessment of assets for impairment in the absence of such information or indicators. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or a significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets is not recoverable. If a long-lived asset is tested for recoverability and the undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the asset cost is adjusted to fair value and an impairment loss is recognized as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value.
8
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015
During the years ended December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, the Company determined that impairment indicators for certain restaurant locations indicated that the carrying value of leasehold improvements, equipment and furniture and fixtures may not be recoverable. The impairment indicators resulted from poor operating performance at these locations. An impairment charge of approximately $193,000 was recorded during the year ended December 28, 2016 related to one restaurant location and no impairment charge was recorded during the year ended December 30, 2015. Fair value was determined using projected cash flows of the respective discrete locations which are considered to be Level 3 fair value inputs. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity and are significant inputs to the fair value determination of assets or liabilities. The impairment losses have been recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Deferred Rent
Certain of the Company’s operating leases contain predetermined fixed increases of the minimum rental rate during the lease term. For these leases, the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term plus expected renewals and records the difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid as deferred rent. Any lease incentives or allowances are recorded as deferred rent and amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected life of the lease as a reduction in rent expense.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue from the sale of food, beverage and alcohol is recognized as the products are sold. Proceeds from the sale of gift cards are recorded as deferred revenue. The Company also records into revenue an estimate of gift cards that are not expected to be redeemed based on historical redemption patterns. Promotions and comps, totaling approximately $960,000 and $973,000 for the years ended December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, respectively, are recorded as a reduction to revenues.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance (ASC 740, Income Taxes ). The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur.
9
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015
Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more- likely-than-not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term more-likely-than-not means a likelihood of more than 50%; the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely -than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date and is subject to the management’s judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.
Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities
Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations on a net basis and accordingly, are not included in revenues.
Advertising
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, totaled approximately $148,000 and $166,000, respectively, and is included in restaurant expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Pre-opening Expenses
Salaries, personnel training costs and other expenses of opening new restaurants are charged to expense as incurred.
Note 2: Liquidity Matters and Management’s Plans
The Company incurred a net loss of approximately $2,091,000 and used cash in operations of approximately $ 360,000 during the year ended December 28, 2016. At December 28, 2016, the Company had a working capital deficiency of approximately $11,000,000.
10
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015
In March 2015, the Company restated their related party notes to increase the face value of the note to $6,517,686, to remove the financial covenants under the agreement and to extend the maturity date of the note to March 31, 2018. During March 2015, Capital Point’s membership interest in Rockfish Holdings, LLC and related party notes was acquired by Princeton Capital Corporation (Princeton), with Princeton becoming the majority owner. In June 2015, the Company restated their related party note with Princeton to reduce the face value of the note to $5,950,000 and amend the interest rate to be 14% payable quarterly with the ability of the Company to pay in kind up to 6% of the interest payments. Additionally, in June 2015, the Company also entered into a revolving promissory note with Princeton in the amount of $1,250,000. The revolving promissory note has been amended to bring the maximum balance to $1,491,000 at December 31, 2016, leaving $10,000 available under the revolver. The note bears interest at 8% and matured June 29, 2017. The Company recorded the debt forgiveness as a contribution to capital of approximately $4,317,000 during the year ended December 30, 2015. During the year ended December 28, 2016, the Company failed to pay required interest payments on both its notes with Princeton and the notes are in default.
To address operating performance among other steps, management has continued to reduce operating costs which will impact the year ended 2017 positively. The Company’s ability to service its debt and other obligations as they come due is dependent on continuing to improve its performance, the continued willingness of its majority owner, Princeton, to not require repayments of debt or accrued interest and the continued financial support to provide the necessary funding to support operating cash flow needs. Rockfish received a written commitment from Princeton to fund operating cash flow needs through December 31, 2018.
Note 3: Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consists of the following:
December 28, | December 30, | ||||||||
2016 | 2015 | ||||||||
Leasehold improvements | $ | 5,950,762 | $ | 6,572,693 | |||||
Furniture, fixtures and computer equipment | 642,785 | 665,885 | |||||||
Restaurant equipment | 1,549,127 | 1,682,384 | |||||||
Total | 8,142,674 | 8,920,962 | |||||||
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization | (5,099,330 | ) | (5,066,087 | ) | |||||
Property and equipment, net | $ | 3,043,344 | $ | 3,854,875 |
Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment for the years ended December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, totaled $736,822 and $612,204, respectively.
11
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015
Note 4: Intangible Assets
The carrying basis and accumulated amortization of recognized intangible assets were as follows:
December 28, 2016 | |||||||||||||
Accumulated | |||||||||||||
Gross | Amortization | Net | |||||||||||
Amortized intangible assets | |||||||||||||
Tradename | $ | 895,000 | $ | (398,250 | ) | $ | 496,750 | ||||||
Recipes | 295,000 | (265,500 | ) | 29,500 | |||||||||
Intangible assets | $ | 1,190,000 | $ | (663,750 | ) | $ | 526,250 |
December 30, 2015 | |||||||||||||
Accumulated | |||||||||||||
Gross | Amortization | Net | |||||||||||
Amortized intangible assets | |||||||||||||
Tradename | $ | 895,000 | $ | (309,750 | ) | $ | 585,250 | ||||||
Recipes | 295,000 | (206,500 | ) | 88,500 | |||||||||
Intangible assets | $ | 1,190,000 | $ | (516,250 | ) | $ | 673,750 |
Amortization expense for the years ended December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, was $147,500, respectively. At December 28, 2016, and the weighted-average remaining amortization period was 5.23 years.
Estimated future amortization of intangible assets are as follows for the year ending after December 28, 2016:
2017 | $ | 118,000 | |||
2018 | 88,500 | ||||
2019 | 88,500 | ||||
2020 | 88,500 | ||||
2021 | 88,500 | ||||
Thereafter | 54,250 | ||||
$ | 526,250 |
12
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015
Note 5: Related Party Debt and Accrued Interest
In March 2015, Capital Point’s membership interest in Rockfish Holdings, LLC and related party note were acquired by Princeton Capital Corporation (Princeton), with Princeton becoming the majority owner.
In March 2015, the Company restated their related party note and note agreement with Capital Point to increase the face value of the note to combine the $5,950,000 senior note balance and $567,686 unsecured advances into a $ 6,517,686 note payable and to remove the financial covenants under the agreement and to extend the maturity date of the note to March 31, 2018. In June 2015, the Company restated their related party note with Princeton to reduce the face value of the note to $5,950,000 and amend the interest rate to be 14% payable quarterly with the ability of the Company to pay in kind up to 6% of the interest payments.
In connection with this agreement, Princeton converted $567,686 of debt, and all outstanding accrued interest of $3,749,238 to equity. This resulted in a total contribution to equity of $4,316,924. Additionally, in June 2015, the Company also entered into a revolving promissory note with Princeton in the amount of $1,250,000. The note bears interest at 8% and matured June 29, 2017.
At December 28, 2016, the remaining outstanding debt with Princeton consists of a $5,950,000 senior secured promissory note plus accrued paid in kind interest of $ 596,035 rolled into this note balance that is due in March 2018, and a senior revolving note with a balance of $1,481,000 that was due in June 2017. At December 28, 2016, accrued interest due to Princeton totaled approximately $529,000. During the year ended December 28, 2016, the Company failed to pay required interest payments and both notes are in default. As a result, both promissory notes are classified as currently due in the accompanying December 28, 2016 consolidated balance sheet.
Note 6: Stock Options
The Company issued stock options to two executive members of management during the year ended June 26, 2013. The stock options vest over a period of 10 years and expire if unexercised after 10 years. The options have accelerated vesting provisions if certain financial performance measures are met or a change of control event occurs. During the year ended December 30, 2015, 103.8961 options were canceled. At December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, there were
194. 8052 options outstanding all of which had vested. The value of these options at the grant date was determined to be insignificant.
Note 7: Related Party Transactions
The Company had a management agreement with Princeton (formerly Capital Point) . The Management Agreement provided for semi-annual payments of $125,000 payable in advance. The agreement was terminated during the year ended December 30, 2015. During the year ended December 30, 2015, the Company incurred no management fees.
13
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015
Note 8: Operating Leases
The Company leases restaurant facilities and office space under operating leases having terms expiring at various dates through September 2024. Generally, the restaurant leases have renewal clauses to extend the terms of the various leases for periods ranging from 5-20 years at the option of the Company. Certain restaurant leases contain provisions for contingent rent based upon a percentage of gross sales, as defined in the lease agreements. Rent expense for the years ended December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, was approximately $1,890,000 and $1,495,000, respectively. No contingent rental amounts were incurred during the years ended December 28, 2016, and December 30, 2015.
Future minimum lease payments at December 28, 2016, were as follows:
2017 | $ | 1,107,283 | |||
2018 | 530,397 | ||||
2019 | 450,003 | ||||
2020 | 464,160 | ||||
2021 | 403,792 | ||||
Thereafter | 1,130,610 | ||||
$ | 4,086,245 |
Note 9: Income Taxes
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and two state jurisdictions. Deferred taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. The temporary differences that give rise to the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, are as follows:
2016 | 2015 | ||||||||
Current deferred tax asset (liability) | |||||||||
Accrued expenses | $ | 32,100 | $ | 26,900 | |||||
Deferred rent | 173,600 | 176,000 | |||||||
Other | 5,600 | 22,400 | |||||||
Valuation allowance | (211,300 | ) | (225,300 | ) | |||||
Total current deferred tax asset | $ | - | $ | - | |||||
Long-term deferred tax asset (liability) | |||||||||
Property and equipment | $ | 227,400 | $ | 124,600 | |||||
Related party interest | 312,400 | 117,700 | |||||||
Intangibles | 517,300 | 589,000 | |||||||
Net operating loss carryforward | 3,026,500 | 1,917,700 | |||||||
Valuation allowance | (4,083,600 | ) | (2,749,000 | ) | |||||
Total long-term deferred tax asset | $ | - | $ | - |
14
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015
Differences between statutory income tax rates and the Company’s effective income tax rate for the years ended December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, were primarily caused by the increase in the valuation allowance, which at December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, totaled approximately $4,295,000 and $2,974,000, respectively, amounts not deductible for income tax purposes and other adjustments. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $1,320,000 from December 30, 2015 to December 28, 2016, and decreased by approximately $1,386,000 from the prior fiscal year end to December 30, 2015. The Company has a federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately $8,901,000 at December 28, 2016, that begins to expire in 2029. The net operating loss carryforward may be limited because of ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Note 10: Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses consist of the following:
December 28, | December 30, | ||||||||
2016 | 2015 | ||||||||
Payroll and payroll related | $ | 157,375 | $ | 378,062 | |||||
Property taxes | 91,299 | 47,062 | |||||||
Sales and use taxes | 112,668 | 276,444 | |||||||
Other | 41,861 | 80,387 | |||||||
Total | $ | 403,203 | $ | 781,955 |
Note 11: Significant Estimates and Concentrations
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require disclosure of certain significant estimates and current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations. Those matters include the following:
General Litigation
The Company is subject to claims and lawsuits that arise primarily in the ordinary course of business. It is the opinion of management that the disposition or ultimate resolution of such claims and lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company.
15
Rockfish Seafood Grill, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015
Vendor Concentrations
Purchases from two vendors represented approximately 67% and 65% of the Company’s cost of revenues for the years ended December 28, 2016 and December 30, 2015, respectively.
Note 12: Subsequent Events
Subsequent events have been evaluated through September 26, 2017, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
16